2k17 chevrolet volt 23452967a.ai 1 11/20/2015 …chevrolet volt owner manual...

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k17_Chevrolet_Volt_23452967A.ai 1 11/20/2015 2:05:05 PM2k17_Chevrolet_Volt_23452967A.ai 1 11/20/2015 2:05:05 PM

Chevrolet VOLT Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9807421) - 2017 - CRC - 11/18/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 29

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 95

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 156

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 164

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 324

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 341

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 352

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, VOLT,and the VOLT logo are trademarksand/or service marks of GeneralMotors LLC, its subsidiaries,affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23452967 A First Printing ©2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

b / g : Audio Steering WheelControls or OnStar®

I : Brake System WarningLight

" : Charging System (12-VoltBattery)

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

f : Electric Parking Brake

d : Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

y : Fault


4 Introduction

g : First Responder

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

_ : High Voltage

I : LATCH System ChildRestraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

B : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

g : StabiliTrak® Disable

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

i : Traction Control System (TCS)Disable

a : Under Pressure

Q : Vehicle Ready

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Passenger Sensing System . . . 12Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 16Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 16Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 18Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 18Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 18Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Battery and EfficiencyHigh Voltage SafetyInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . 23Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 24Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 25Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 162.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-ChangeSignals 0 153.

IntelliBeam® System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 149.

3. Instrument Cluster 0 101.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 130.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 97.

5. Charging Status Indicator. SeeCharging StatusFeedback 0 217.

Light Sensor. See DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL) 0 151.

6. Infotainment. SeeInfotainment 0 156.

Navigation System (IfEquipped). See the navigationmanual.

7. Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 157.

Heated Front Seats 0 54 (IfEquipped).

8. Power Outlets 0 99.

USB Port. SeeInfotainment 0 156.

Auxiliary Jack. SeeInfotainment 0 156.

9. Shift Lever. See Electric DriveUnit 0 186.

10. Drive MODE Button. SeeDriver Selected OperatingModes 0 181.

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 204 (IfEquipped).

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 192.

11. Hazard WarningFlashers 0 152.

12. Electric Parking Brake 0 188.

13. Power Button 0 175.

14. Steering Wheel Controls 0 96.

15. Audio Controls (Out of View) (IfEquipped). See Steering WheelControls 0 96.

16. Horn 0 97.

17. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 96 (Out of View).

18. Regen on Demand Paddles(Out of View). SeeRegenerative Braking 0 190.

19. Cruise Control 0 194.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 96 (IfEquipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 213(If Equipped).

20. Hood Release. SeeHood 0 240.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 109.

22. Instrument Panel Fuse Door.See Instrument Panel FuseBlock 0 266.

23. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 149.

24. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 153.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Press the key release button torelease the key. The key can beused for all locks.

K : Press once to unlock the driverdoor. Press a second time withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. Press again to cancel thepanic alarm.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start thevehicle's heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See RemoteStart 0 36.

See Keys 0 29 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 30.

Remote StartUse remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. The engine may start tosupport the climate controloperation. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehiclehas been turned on.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. After entering the vehicleduring a remote start, pressPOWER O with the brakepedal applied to operate asnormal.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Vehicle Run time can be extended.


In Brief 9

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Press POWER O with the brakepedal applied, then pressPOWER O again to turn thevehicle off.

See Remote Start 0 36.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key. The driver door keycylinder is covered with a cap.See Door Locks 0 39.

. Press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 30.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Push down the manual lockknob on the driver door to lockall doors. Push down the manuallock knob on a passenger doorto lock only that door.

. Pull once on the door handle tounlock the door and again toopen the door. Press the powerdoor lock switch to lock orunlock all doors.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock.

Q : Press to lock.

See Power Door Locks 0 40.

Keyless Access

When the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door, the door can belocked and unlocked by pressingthe door handle button. Whenunlocking from the driver door, thefirst press will unlock only that door;press again within five seconds tounlock all passenger doors. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.


10 In Brief

Hatch

To open the hatch, press the touchpad on the underside of the hatchand lift after unlocking all doors. SeeHatch 0 42.

Keyless Access : Press the touchpad on the underside of the hatchand lift up when the RKE transmitteris within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear of thevehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 30.

Windows

The window switches on the driverdoor control all windows. Eachpassenger door has a switch thatcontrols only that window.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull the switch to raise it.

The driver and passenger windowshave an express-down feature andthe driver window has express-up.

See Power Windows 0 47.

Seat Adjustment

Seat Position

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat cushion to unlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

See Seat Adjustment 0 52.


In Brief 11

Height Adjustment

Move the lever up or down to raiseor lower the seat.

See “Seat Height Adjuster” underSeat Adjustment 0 52.

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 53.

Heated Seats

The controls are on the centerstack. To operate, the vehicle mustbe on.

Press L or M to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,


12 In Brief

and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

See Heated Front Seats 0 54.

Auto Heated Seats

If equipped, the controls can beaccessed while the vehicle is on bypressing L or M on the centerstack.

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle's interior temperature.The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the heated seat button lights onthe center stack. Use the heatedseat buttons on the center stack toturn auto heated seats off.

See Heated Front Seats 0 54.

The heated seats can also beprogrammed to come on during aremote start. See VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 51 and SeatAdjustment 0 52.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 57.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 58.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 59.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 82.

Passenger SensingSystem

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 69.


In Brief 13

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole are visible when the vehicleis started. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 108.

Mirror Adjustment

Power Mirrors

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

See Power Mirrors 0 46.

When the rear window defogger isactivated, the heated mirrors,if equipped, will also come on. SeeHeated Mirrors 0 46.

Folding Mirrors

Mirrors can be folded inward towardthe vehicle to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Interior Mirror

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare of the headlampsfrom behind. See Manual RearviewMirror 0 46.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped, the mirror willautomatically reduce the glare ofheadlamps from behind. The

dimming feature comes on when thevehicle is started. See AutomaticDimming Rearview Mirror 0 46.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.


14 In Brief

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An LED indicator on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this feature

and the LED indicator will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

Press the button near each lamp toturn the rear reading lamps onor off.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 153.


In Brief 15

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off.

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 149.

. Daytime Running Lamps(DRL) 0 151.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, movethe lever to select the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

f : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 97.


16 In Brief

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Manual Fan Control Knob

2. MAX Defrost

3. Defrost/Defog

4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Recirculation

6. eco Climate Mode Button

7. Temperature Control Knob

8. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

9. MAX Climate Mode Button

10. Power Button

11. Air Delivery Mode Controls

12. Rear Window Defogger

See Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 157.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemYour vehicle has an infotainmentsystem. See the infotainmentmanual.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control


In Brief 17

1 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

See Cruise Control 0 194.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

w orx : Press to go to theprevious or next selection.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press o to go back to theprevious menu.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

See Instrument Cluster 0 101 andDriver Information Center(DIC) 0 130.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake the


18 In Brief

vehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 210.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 213 and Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 213.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 211 and Lane Change Alert(LCA) 0 211.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on thecenter stack display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 204.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow displayedon the RVC screen to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may crossyour vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound.


Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear Parking Assist(RPA) uses sensors on the rearbumper to assist with parking andavoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA maydisplay a warning triangle on theRVC screen and a graphic on theinstrument cluster to provide theobject distance. In addition, multiplebeeps may occur if very close to anobject.


In Brief 19

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helpsto search for and maneuver thevehicle into parallel or perpendicularparking spots using automaticsteering, DIC displays, and beeps.When the vehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph), pressO toenable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist(APA)” under Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 204.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are two accessory poweroutlets:

. In the storage area below theclimate control system.

. On the rear of the front consolearmrest.

The power outlets supply powerwhile the vehicle is on, or if thevehicle is in Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 177.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

See Power Outlets 0 99.

Battery and Efficiency

High Voltage SafetyInformation

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.


20 In Brief

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltagebattery or high voltage systemcan create a risk of electric shock,overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood,fire, or other event, the vehicleshould be inspected as soon aspossible. Until the vehicle hasbeen inspected, store it outside atleast 15 m (50 ft) from anystructure or anything that canburn. Ventilate the vehicle byopening a window or a door.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Contact Customer Assistance assoon as possible to determinewhether an inspection is needed.See Customer AssistanceOffices 0 343.

See Battery - North America 0 256for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 68.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service.

See Battery - North America 0 256.

ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. It is recommended that

the vehicle be plugged in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F)and above 32 °C (90 °F) tomaximize high voltage battery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately13 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 12 amp AC current setting or19 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately 4.5 hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. There arethree ways to program how thevehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 119.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.


In Brief 21

Charging

Start Charge

A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored in the left storagecompartment in the rear cargo area.

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park)with the ignition off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.

3. Open the rear hatch. Open theleft storage compartment doorand remove the charge cord.The vehicle plug is stored asshown.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging 0 229. Verify thecharge cord status. SeeCharge Cord 0 222. Select theappropriate charge level usingthe Charge Limit Preferencescreen on the center stack.See “Charge Limit Selection”under ProgrammableCharging 0 119.

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Verify thatthe charging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and anaudible beep occurs. SeeCharging StatusFeedback 0 217.

6. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter. To disable thisfeature, see “Charge CordTheft Alert” in VehiclePersonalization 0 141.


22 In Brief

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter to disarm thecharge cord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

Charge Cord

See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 351.

Important Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging

. Charging an electric vehicle canstress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before plugging into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweatherproof while in use.

. Mount the charging cord toreduce strain on the electricaloutlet/plug.

{ Danger

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may causea fire, electrical shock, or burns,and may result in damage toproperty, serious injury, or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, groundingadaptors, surge protectors,or similar devices.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is worn ordamaged, or will not holdthe plug firmly in place.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is not properlygrounded.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is on a circuit withother electrical loads.


In Brief 23

Charge Cord Status Indicators

See Charge Cord 0 222.

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Limit Preferencescreen on the center stack. See“Charge Limit Selection” underProgrammable Charging 0 119.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

FuelingThe fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button onthe driver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fueldoor on the passenger side willunlock. To open the fuel door,push and release the rearwardcenter edge of the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door.Complete refueling within30 minutes of pressing the fueldoor button on the driver door.If refueling after more than30 minutes, press the fuel doorbutton again.

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise untilit clicks. Close the fuel door.

See Filling the Tank 0 231.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then stored in


24 In Brief

the high voltage battery system,contributing to increased energyefficiency.

Regen on Demand®

This feature will slow the vehicle byrecapturing energy using thesteering wheel paddle.

See Regenerative Braking 0 190.

Service

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage components. Youcan be injured and the vehiclecan be damaged if you try to doyour own service work. Serviceand repair of these high voltagecomponents should only beperformed by a trained servicetechnician with the properknowledge and tools. See DoingYour Own Service Work 0 239.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe TCS limits wheel spin. Thesystem turns on automatically everytime the vehicle is powered up.

The Electronic Stability Controlsystem called StabiliTrak assistswith directional control of the vehiclein difficult driving conditions. Thesystem turns on automatically everytime the vehicle is on.

. To turn off traction control, pressand release g, on the center

console behind the shift lever. iilluminates and the appropriateDriver Information Center (DIC)message is displayed. See RideControl SystemMessages 0 138.

. To turn off both traction controland StabiliTrak, press andhold g, until i and g come on

and stay on in the instrumentcluster and the appropriateDIC message is displayed. SeeRide Control SystemMessages 0 138.

. Press and release g to turn onboth systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 192.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See


In Brief 25

Vehicle Load Limits 0 171. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 280.

Fuel

Regular Fuel

Use only unleaded gasoline rated87 octane or higher in your vehicle.Do not use gasoline with an octanerating lower as it may result invehicle damage and lower fueleconomy. See Fuel 0 230.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.

The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Select REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC menu.

2. Press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

3. 100% OIL LIFE will bedisplayed when the oil lifesystem is successfully reset.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUNwith the engine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 245.


26 In Brief

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electricvehicle driving range may be lowerdue to higher energy usage.

Driving Style

Efficiency Gauge (InstrumentCluster)

The ball indicator should be keptgreen and toward the center of thegauge for efficient operation.

Inefficient acceleration is indicatedwhen the ball turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge.

Aggressive braking is indicatedwhen the ball turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapidaccelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Forexample, do not rush to trafficsignals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive)or L (Low).

Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection

Use Normal Mode when possible.

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode but can reduceefficiency.

Use Mountain Mode prior toclimbing long, steep grades inmountainous areas. Be sure toengage Mountain Mode beforestarting to climb. Mountain Modereduces electric range and powerbut may be needed to maintainspeeds or steep grades.

Use Hold Mode on a trip where it isexpected that all of the electriccharge will be depleted. Use HoldMode mainly during highway or highspeed driving to maximize both EVmiles and fuel efficiency.

Use L (Low) in heavy stop-and-gotraffic or when traveling downhill.L (Low) requires less brake pedalapplication and provides acontrolled, efficient way to slow thevehicle down.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved with the heat, airconditioning, and fan turned off.


In Brief 27

Less energy is used at low fanspeeds. When using the fan:

. Fan Only is the most energyefficient climate setting as longas0 is not selected.

. Use eco for moderate airconditioning and heateroperation. This is the next mostenergy efficient setting as longas0 is not selected.

. MAX provides the most comfortbut is the least energy efficient.

Use the auto heated seat featureand the heated steering wheelinstead of climate settings. Heatingthe seat and steering wheel usesless energy than heating the vehicleinterior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet.

Engine Assisted Heating,if equipped, can be personalizedwhile plugged in. See “EngineAssist Heat Plugged In” underVehicle Personalization 0 141.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are nolonger needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for thenext drive. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

If fuel is not regularly used, considerkeeping the fuel tank only one-thirdfull. Excess fuel weight impactsefficiency and range.

For fuel recommendations, seeFuel 0 230.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce EV range.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.


28 In Brief

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-888-811-1926

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

As the owner of a new Chevrolet,you are automatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance program. Thisprogram provides security andconvenience in the event of anon-road failure or emergencysituation. Service is provided24 hours a day, 365 days a year forthe duration of the vehicle’spowertrain warranty.

See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 345.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 40Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

DoorsHatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 43Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 44

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 46Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 46Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

There is a key inside the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter thatcan be used for all locks.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the RKEtransmitter, and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

The key has a bar-coded key tagthat the dealer or qualified locksmithcan use to make new keys. Storethis information in a safe place, notin the vehicle.

See your dealer if a replacementkey or an additional key is needed.

If it becomes difficult to turn the keyin a vehicle lock, inspect the keyblade for debris. Periodically cleanwith a brush or pick.

If locked out of the vehicle, callRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 345. With anactive OnStar subscription, anOnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 355.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 351.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. See“Keyless Access Operation” later inthis section.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.



Other conditions, such as thosepreviously stated, can impact theperformance of the transmitter.

K : Press once to unlock the driverdoor or all doors depending on thevehicle personalization. Press asecond time within five seconds tounlock all doors.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 141.

The hazard warning lamps will flashtwice each time the button ispressed and the alarm system willbe disarmed. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 43.

For remote operating windows,pressing and holding K will open allof the vehicle's windows. See PowerWindows 0 47. This feature can beenabled through vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Q : Press to lock all doors. Thehazard warning lamps will flashonce and the alarm system will bearmed. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 43.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock and then thedriver door will unlock if the featureis enabled through vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for 30 seconds.Press again to cancel the panicalarm.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start thevehicle's heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See RemoteStart 0 36.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the hatch without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse briefcase, etc. TheRKE transmitter should be within1 m (3 ft) to lock and unlock thedoors and access the hatch.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 141.



Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

Driver Side Shown, PassengerDoors Similar

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on that door handlewill unlock all doors. Pressing thelock/unlock button will cause alldoors to lock under any of thefollowing conditions:

. After the lock/unlock button wasused to unlock all doors.

. After any vehicle door hasopened and all doors are nowclosed.

Passive Locking

The vehicle will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remain



disabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. Toturn on or off VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Remote No longer in Vehicle

If the vehicle is on, with a dooropen, and then all doors are closed,the vehicle will check for RKEtransmitter(s) inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, the DICwill display NO REMOTEDETECTED and the horn will chirpthree times.

Keyless Hatch Opening

Press the button on the underside ofthe hatch and lift up to open if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)and the doors are locked. If thedoors are unlocked, the transmitteris not required to open the hatch.

Keyed Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see DoorLocks 0 39.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.When the replacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining transmitters must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer workonce the new transmitter isprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of the

transmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must be in thevehicle.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 39. Insertthe vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the keycounterclockwise to the unlockposition five times within10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4 OR 5 etc.



3. Remove the rubber mat in thecenter console storage area.

4. Place the new RKE transmitterinto the transmitter pocket.

5. Press and hold POWER O onthe center stack fortwo seconds. When thetransmitter is programmed, theDIC will show that it is ready toprogram the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K or Q on thetransmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

7. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

Program a new key to the vehiclewhen a recognized key is notavailable. Follow this procedure toprogram up to eight transmitters.Canadian regulations require thatowners see their dealer. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all transmitters tobe programmed must be with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 39. Insertthe vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the key tothe unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS STARTBUTTON TO LEARN and thenpress POWER O on the centerstack.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two more times.After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be programmed during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FORREMOTE #1.



4. Remove the rubber mat in thecenter console storage area.

5. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket.

6. Press and hold POWER O fortwo seconds. When thetransmitter is programmed, theDIC will show that it is ready toprogram the next transmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K on the transmitter.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

8. Return the key back into thetransmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak orthere is an interference with thesignal, the DIC may display NOREMOTE DETECTED or NOREMOTE KEY WAS DETECTEDPLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTERPOCKET THEN START YOURVEHICLE when you try to start thevehicle. The REPLACE BATTERYIN REMOTE KEY message mayalso be displayed at this time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center consolestorage area and remove therubber mat.

2. Place the RKE transmitter intothe transmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and POWER O on thecenter stack. See PowerButton 0 175.

Replace the transmitter battery assoon as possible.



Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot. Do not use thekey slot.

4. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

5. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

6. Align the front and backhousing and the release buttonon the side of the transmitter,then snap the transmittertogether.

Remote StartThis feature starts the heating or airconditioning systems and rearwindow defogger from outside thevehicle. Use remote start to heat or



cool the interior when the vehicle isplugged in to maximize the electricrange by utilizing electricity from theelectrical outlet. Normal operation ofthe system will return after thevehicle has been turned on.

/ : This button is on the RKEtransmitter.

During remote start:

. The climate control system willtypically default to the lastclimate setting. If the fan is off orif eco and MAX are not selected,the air conditioning or heat willturn on as needed. SeeAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 157.

. If equipped with heated seats,and the vehicle personalizationsetting is enabled, the remotestart auto heated seats may alsocome on. See Heated FrontSeats 0 54, and VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

. If equipped the heated steeringwheel may also come on. SeeHeated Steering Wheel 0 96.

. The rear window defogger willturn on during colder outsidetemperatures.

. Selecting1 during colderoutside temperatures beforeshutting the vehicle off will helpwindshield clearing.

. Shutting the vehicle off in ecomode without1 selected willminimize the impact to electricrange. Shutting the vehicle off inother modes will maximizeheating or air conditioning.

. The engine may start to provideenergy for heating and cooling,independent of the vehicle beingplugged in or completelycharged. Engine AssistedHeating operation, if available,can be personalized. See“Engine Assist Heat Plugged In”under VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

. Vehicle range may decrease ifthe vehicle is not plugged intoan electrical outlet. If the vehicleis plugged in, much of theenergy needed to support this

feature will be provided from theelectrical outlet, not from thehigh voltage battery.

Laws in some communities mayrestrict the use of features thatremotely start the engine. Forexample, some laws may require aperson using the remote startfeature to have the vehicle in viewwhen doing so. Check localregulations for any requirements onremote starting of vehicles.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 30.

Starting the Vehicle

To heat or cool the passengercompartment using remote start:

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter; the doorswill lock.

2. Immediately press and hold /until the turn signal lampsflash, or for at least



four seconds. Pressing/again during a remote start willturn the feature off.

Remote start will automatically shutoff after 10 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

While the remote start is active, theparking lamps will turn on andremain on.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press POWER O onthe center stack with the brakepedal applied to operate as normal.

The remote start can be initiatedtwo separate times between driving.For each remote start, thepassenger compartment will beheated or cooled for 10 minutes.

Extending Vehicle Run Time

The vehicle run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe vehicle is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between vehicleoperation.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN and then backto OFF before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle and press and hold/until the parking lamps turn off.


. Press POWER O on the centerstack, with the brake pedalapplied, then press POWER Oagain to turn the vehicle off.

Conditions in Which RemoteStart May Not Work

Conditions in which a remote startmay not occur include:

. An open hood.

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

. Vehicle propulsion system faultconditions, including anemission control systemmalfunction.

. High voltage battery faultconditions.

A second remote start or extensionwill not occur if the fuel level is low.

During a remote start, conditions inwhich a remote start may becanceled include:

. Vehicle propulsion system orhigh voltage battery faultconditions.

. Low engine oil pressure.

. Engine coolant temperature thatis too high.



Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stoppingthe vehicle. Lock the doorsto help prevent this fromhappening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

. Use the key in the driver door.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Push down the manual lockknob on the driver door to lockall doors. Push down the manuallock knob on a passenger doorto lock only that door.

. Pull an interior door handle tounlock the door. Pull the doorhandle again to unlatch it.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened.Press the button on the door handleto open. See “Keyless AccessOperation” in Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 30.



Key Cylinder Access

To access the key cylinder:

1. Pull the door handle to theopen position.

2. Insert the key into the slot onthe bottom of the cap and pryoutward.

3. Move the cap rearward andremove.

Replace the cap by snapping onthe tabs.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Move the shift lever intoP (Park).



Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 141.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and thepower door lock switch is pressedwith the driver door open, all thedoors will lock and only the driverdoor will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 141.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

The safety lock is on the insideedge of the rear doors. To use thesafety lock:

1. Move the lever down to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.



To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, pressing thepower door lock switch,or using the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever up to unlock.Do the same for the other door.

Doors

Hatch

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven in ExtendedRange Mode with the hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the hatch. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven inExtended Range Mode with thehatch open:

. Do not operate in MountainMode if driving with thehatch open.

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onthe instrument panel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. SeeAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 157.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 185.

To open the hatch, the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).



Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock all doors. Press the touchpad on the underside of the hatchand lift.

Use the inside pull handle to lowerand close the hatch.

Keyless Access : To open thehatch with the vehicle locked, theRKE transmitter must be within 1 m(3 ft). Press the touch pad on theunderside of the hatch and lift up.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

Always close the hatch beforedriving. Do not press the touch padwhile closing the hatch; it willunlatch again.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the center stack.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm. Pressing Q onthe RKE transmitter a secondtime will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.



The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifthere is an attempt to remove thecharge cord, or if a passenger door,the hatch, or the hood is opened,without first disarming the system.When the alarm is activated, theturn signals flash and the hornsounds for about 30 seconds. Thealarm system will then re-arm tomonitor for the next unauthorizedevent.

The charge cord theft alert featuremay be disabled through the vehiclepersonalization. See “Charge CordTheft Alert” under VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system, or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated,do one of the following:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have exited.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, a previous alarmoccurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages 0 139.

ImmobilizerSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 351.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system. The systemdoes not have to be manuallyarmed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with a valid RKE transmitterin the vehicle. The RKE transmitteruses electronic coding that matchesan immobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only a correcttransmitter can be used to turn thevehicle on.



The security light comes on if thereis a problem with arming ordisarming the theft-deterrentsystem.

This light may come on briefly whenthe vehicle is turned on. There is aproblem if the engine does not startand this light stays on.

Turn the ignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe RKE transmitter appearsundamaged, try the other RKEtransmitter for the vehicle, or placethe RKE transmitter in thetransmitter pocket. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 30. It may be necessaryto check the fuse. See ElectricalSystem Overload 0 262. If thevehicle does start, the firsttransmitter is bad. If the vehicle stilldoes not start the vehicle needsservice. See your dealer.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates the vehicletheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.



Power Mirrors

To adjust a mirror:

1. Press} or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated MirrorsThe rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors,if equipped.

K : Press to heat the outsiderearview mirrors. See “Rear WindowDefogger” under Automatic ClimateControl System 0 157.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 29.

The windows work when the vehicleis in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power(RAP). See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 177.

Press or pull the switch to open orclose the window.

The windows will be temporarilydisabled if the window switches areused repeatedly within a short time.



Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear doorpassenger window switches fromworking.

Press2 to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on when engaged.

Press2 again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

Express-down/up allows thewindows to be opened or closedwithout holding the window switch.Press the window switch fully downor pull it up, and quickly release it to

engage. Briefly press or pull thesame switch to stop windowmovement.

Express Window ObstacleDetection

The express-up feature will reversewindow movement if it comes incontact with an object. Extreme coldor ice could cause the window toauto-reverse. The window willoperate as normal after the object orcondition is removed.

Obstacle Detection Override

{ Warning

If obstacle detection override isactivated, the window will notreverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before you use obstacle detectionoverride, make sure that allpeople and obstructions are clearof the window path.

The window can be closed byholding the window switch in the upposition if conditions prevent it fromexpress closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow will not express-up followthese steps to program the window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed, then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Press the power window switchuntil the window is fully openand briefly hold.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows thewindows to be opened remotely.If enabled in vehicle personalization,



press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter. See VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.


50 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 53Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 62Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 62Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 65When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Passenger Sensing System . . . 69Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 74

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 75Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Infants and Young Children . . . . 77Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 79Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 81Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 82

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90


Seats and Restraints 51

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button on the side of thehead restraint and pull up or pushthe head restraint down and releasethe button.

Pull and push on the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 82.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat cushion to unlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.



3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever up or down to raiseor lower the seat.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could cause

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.




To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If available, the controls are on thecenter stack. To operate, the vehiclemust be on.

Press L or M to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.



Auto Heated Seats

If equipped, the controls can beaccessed while the vehicle is on bypressing L or M on the centerstack.

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle's interior temperature.The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonlights on the center stack. Use themanual heated seat buttons on thecenter stack to turn auto heatedseats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 141.

Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats turn on automatically during aremote vehicle start. If the vehiclehas auto heated seats, the seatheating level will automaticallychange to the level required by thevehicle's interior temperature whenthe vehicle is turned on.

The indicator lights on the heatedseat buttons do not turn on during aremote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theheated seats feature is enabled inthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization 0 141.

Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.



To fold the seatback down:

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

1. Pull the seatback release leverto unlock the seatback.

A tab near the lever raiseswhen the seatback is unlocked.

2. Fold the seatback forward.

Raising the Seatback

Caution

Damage to the safety belt orseatback locking mechanism canoccur if the safety belt is caughtbetween the rear seatback andthe seatback locking mechanism.The safety belt must be out of theway when the rear seat is raisedto the upright, locked position.If the safety belt is damaged, seeyour dealer and have it replaced.

To raise the seatback:

1. The safety belt should notcross the seatback lockingmechanism when raising theseatback.

2. Raise the seatback and push itrearward to lock it into place.

A tab near the seatbackrelease lever retracts when theseatback is locked.

3. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

Keep the seat in the upright, lockedposition when not in use.



Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the rear heated seatbuttons are on the rear of the centerconsole.

Press M or L to heat the leftoutboard or right outboard seatcushion.

Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly, and some things not to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 107.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 75 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 77. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.



The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate to flatto unlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 62.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.



To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.

They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,they need to be replaced, and othernew parts for the vehicle's safetybelt system may be required. SeeReplacing Safety Belt System Partsafter a Crash 0 62.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.



Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. For more information, see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayed

safety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 107.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 62.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.



New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 108.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:



{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 66.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 75 orInfants and Young Children 0 77.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 108 for more information.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the sides ofthe seatbacks closest to the door.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the rearseatback closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 63.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem’s deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used to



predict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what you hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the location

of the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 65.



How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 66.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 65.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does not

prevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps, turn on thehazard warning flashers, and shutoff the fuel system after the airbags



inflate. The feature may alsoactivate, without airbag inflation,after an event that exceeds apredetermined threshold. You canlock the doors, turn off the interiorlamps, and turn off the hazardwarning flashers by using thecontrols for those features.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

If an airbag inflates or the vehiclehas been in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the high

voltage system. When this occurs,the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 353and Event DataRecorders 0 353.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.



The words ON and OFF will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 108.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag, under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowedto inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in a correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag andknee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.



. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit to remind youthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 108.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,

depending upon the person’sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 108 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is present

in a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 90 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Safety Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 88.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to make



sure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See HeadRestraints 0 51.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon thechild’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat. Never put arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the onindicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seat

massagers. Also, removelaptops, or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.



Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 74for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:

. The passenger sensing systemmay turn off the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will belit, and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag while achild restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag are turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the passenger seat gets wet, drythe seat immediately. If the airbagreadiness light is lit, do not install achild restraint or allow anyone to

occupy the seat. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 108 for importantsafety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing the



vehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 350.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the 12‐volt battery is disconnected, anairbag can still inflate duringimproper service. You can beinjured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and makesure the person performing workfor you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changingany parts of the front seats, safetybelts, airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, any of the airbag modules,ceiling or pillar garnish trim,overhead console, front sensors,side impact sensors, rollover sensormodule, or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system thatincludes sensors as part of the frontoutboard passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of the

passenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger SensingSystem 0 69.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 287 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer AssistanceOffices 0 343.



Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 108.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 65. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 108.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.



The manufacturer's instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, return to the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulder

belt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not be

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

restrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it is

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

wrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.



{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child'sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, the



restraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.



Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the child

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 82. Children canbe endangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions are



important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 69 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Do not install achild restraint in the rear centerseating position if it cannot beinstalled securely.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seating

positions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the



safety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the Front Seat)0 90 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt in the RearSeat) 0 88.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tether

anchors and attachments. In thiscase, the safety belt must be used(with top tether where available) tosecure the child restraint. SeeSecuring Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 90or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the RearSeat) 0 88.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.



Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is near the top tetheranchor.

Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for outboardrear seating positions are on theback of the rear seatback. Be sureto use an anchor on the same sideof the vehicle as the seatingposition where the child restraint willbe placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seating



position. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 81 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle'ssafety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it is

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

wrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with asafety belt buckled. This coulddamage the safety belt or theseat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 81.

This system is designed to makethe installation of child restraintseasier. When using lower anchors,do not use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead, use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desired

seating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraintinterferes with the properinstallation of the childrestraint, adjust the headrestraint upward.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,

if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchoron the back of the rearseatback.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraint,or the headrest or headrestraint has beenremoved, and you are



using a single tether, routethe tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraint,or the headrest or headrestraint has beenremoved, and you areusing a dual tether, routethe tether over theseatback.

If the rear outboardseating position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you areusing a dual tether, routethe tether around the headrestraint.

If the rear outboardseating position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you are

using a single tether, raisethe head restraint androute the tether under thehead restraint and inbetween the headrestraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)of movement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help make

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

sure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt inthe Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 82 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 82 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint. Secure the child in thechild restraint when and as theinstructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 81.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.





4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 82 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.



Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt inthe Front Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 81.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag undercertain conditions. See PassengerSensing System 0 69 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 108 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 69 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 82 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.



When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and passenger kneeairbag, the off indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 108.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 69 for more information.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 93

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 93Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 94

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxOpen the glove box by lifting up onthe lever.

Rear Storage

There is storage in the rear. Turnthe handle horizontal to open.


94 Storage

Center Console Storage

There is storage under the armrest.Press the button and lift to access.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.

There is a cover for the rear cargoarea. Use the four cargo coverloops to hook the cover to the sidepanels.


Instruments and Controls 95

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 96Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 96Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 96Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 97Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Battery Gauge (HighVoltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . 106Power Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . 107Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 107Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 108

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Charging System Light (12-VoltBattery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 109

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Mountain Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 113Hold Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 113Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 114Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 115Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 115Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 116Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . 116

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 116Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 117Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 117Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Information DisplaysPower Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Programmable Charging . . . . . . 119Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . 128Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Battery and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Brake System Messages . . . . . 133Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 133Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 133Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 133Electric Drive UnitMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 134Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 135Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 135Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136


96 Instruments and Controls

Propulsion PowerMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Airbag System Messages . . . . 139Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 139Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 139Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 140

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 141

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. A light on the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.



Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, movethe windshield wiper lever to selectthe wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 258.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. If the wiper motoroverheats, the windshield wipers will

stop until the motor cools and thewiper control is turned off. SeeElectrical System Overload 0 262.

Wiper Parking

If the vehicle is turned toSTOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFFwhile the wipers are on LO, HI, orINT, they will immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the vehicle is turned toSTOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFFwhile the wipers are performingwipes due to windshield washing,the wipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thelever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had been



activated. See Washer Fluid 0 253for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive a

GPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages 0 133 for the messagesthat may be displayed for thecompass.

Clock

Setting the Time and Date

To set the time:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch«orª to increase or decreasehours, minutes, and AM or PM.Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or24 hour clock.

3. Touch S to go back to theprevious menu.

Auto Set requires an activeconnection to OnStar.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

To set the date:


2. Touch Set Date, then touch«orª to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.


To set the clock display:


2. Touch Clock Display, thentouch Off or On to turn theclock display off or on.




Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are two accessory poweroutlets:

. In the storage area below theclimate control system.

. On the rear of the front consolearmrest.

The power outlets supply powerwhile the vehicle is on, or if thevehicle is in Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 177.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

Certain accessory plugs may not becompatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle or adapter fuses. If aproblem is experienced, see yourdealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 234.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have a wirelesscharging pocket inside the armrestof the center console. The systemwirelessly charges one PMA or Qicompatible mobile device.

To check for phone or other devicecompatibility:

. In the U.S., seemy.chevrolet.com/learn.

. In Canada, seegmtotalconnect.ca.

. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). Thewireless charging feature may notcorrectly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 177.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.



{ Warning

Remove all metal objects from thecharging pocket before chargingyour mobile device. Metal objects,such as coins, keys, rings,or paper clips, between the phoneand the charger will become veryhot. On the rare occasion that thecharging system does not detecta metal object, and the objectgets wedged between the phoneand the charger, remove thephone and allow the metallicobject to cool before removing itfrom the charging pocket, toprevent burns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pocket. The systemmay not charge if there are anyobjects in the charging pocket.

2. With the mobile device screenfacing the rear of the vehicle,slowly insert the device into thecharging pocket until}displays on the infotainmentscreen. This indicates that themobile device is properlypositioned and charging. If aphone is inserted into thepocket and} does notdisplay, remove the phone fromthe pocket, turn 180 degreesand wait three seconds beforeinserting the phone into thepocket again.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the propulsion system isstarted to indicate they are working.When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.

Instrument ClusterThe instrument cluster displays apreview of information that includeselectric range, charging, odometer,and battery status. This happensupon entry when the driver door isopened before starting the vehicle.

The CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTION OCCURREDmessage may display to indicatethat a charging override orinterruption has occurred due to oneor more of the following events:

. Override of the charge settingsby the owner using OnStar.

. Unintended interruption of ACpower at the vehicle'scharge port.

. Interruption of charging by theutility company using OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner.



English Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

There are four instrument clusterdisplay configurations to choosefrom: Classic, Modern, ClassicEnhanced, or Modern Enhanced.

Classic and Modern

Classic Enhanced

Modern Enhanced

Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.

2. Usew orx to scroll throughthe list until Display Layout ishighlighted. Then press V toselect it.

3. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlight

the selection. Press V to selectthe desired clusterconfiguration.

4. Exit the Display Layout menuby pressing o.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.



Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scrollthrough the list of applications.

. Info. This is where you can viewthe Driver Information Center(DIC) displays. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 130.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Display Layout. See“Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster” earlier in this section.

. Settings

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press p to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music or change theaudio source.

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press p to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls or scroll throughcontacts. If there is an active call,mute the phone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press p to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Settings

Press p to enter the Settings menu.

Usew orx to scroll through theitems in the Settings menu

Units : Press V while Units ishighlighted to enter the Unit menu.Choose US, Metric, or Imperial unitsby pressing V while the desireditem is highlighted. A checkmark willbe displayed next to theselected item.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press V when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressw orx to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing Vwhile viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Tutorial : Press V while Tutorial ishighlighted to view the tutorials thatexplain some of the features of theinstrument cluster. The tutorials areonly available when the vehicle is inP (Park).

Open Source Software : Press Vwhile Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.



SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 130.

Battery Gauge (HighVoltage)

This gauge shows the high voltagebattery charge level.

The arrow next to the batterysymbol points to the side of thevehicle the charge port is on.

See Electric Mode 0 180.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.



Here are some things that ownersask about. None of these show aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Driver Efficiency Gauge

This gauge appears on the left sideof the display in the ClassicEnhanced configuration.

This gauge is a guide to driving inan efficient manner by keeping theball green and in the center of thegauge.

See Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency 0 26.

accel : If the ball turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge, acceleration is tooaggressive to optimize efficiency.

brake : If the ball turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge, braking is too aggressive tooptimize efficiency.

In the Modern displayconfigurations, the light ring in thecenter of the display acts as anefficiency gauge. It is green whendriving efficiently and turns yellowwhen acceleration or braking is tooaggressive.



Power Indicator Gauge

Battery Power Shown

The power gauge is on the rightside of the display in the ClassicEnhanced configuration and on bothsides in the Modern Enhancedconfiguration.

The power gauge shows the powercoming from the engine and/orbattery. When the power indicator isgreen, battery power is beingregenerated. When the indicator isyellow, the vehicle is using power.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 69.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,



grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see AirbagSystem 0 63.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag SystemMessages 0 139.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 69 for importantsafety information. The passengerairbag status indicator is in theoverhead console.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF to let you know the status ofthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag.

If the word ON is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag are allowed to inflate.

If the word OFF is lit on the airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.



If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 108 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery)

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is in ON/RUN, as a check to show the light isworking.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the 12-volt battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the vehicle is inService Only Mode. See PowerButton 0 175.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.



Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,electric drive unit, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 237.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on. SeeFilling the Tank 0 231. A fewdriving trips with the capproperly installed may turn thelight off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeFuel 0 230.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that are



not used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 234. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the vehicle is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the Electric



Parking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages 0 133.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

If this light comes on and stays on,there is a problem with a system onthe vehicle that is causing theparking brake system to work at areduced level. The vehicle can stillbe driven, but should be taken to adealer as soon as possible. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 188. If amessage displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC), see BrakeSystem Messages 0 133.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

If the ABS warning light stays onlonger than a few seconds after thevehicle is in ON/RUN, or comes onand stays on while driving, tryresetting the system. To reset thesystem:

1. While driving, pull over when itis safe to do so.

2. Place the vehicle in P (Park).


4. Restart the vehicle.

If the ABS warning light remains onafter resetting the system or comeson again while driving, the vehicle

needs service. If the ABS warninglight is on, but the regular brakesystem warning light is not on, theantilock brakes are not workingproperly, but the regular brakes arestill functioning. Have the vehicleserviced right away. If both brakelights are on, the vehicle does nothave antilock brakes, and there is aproblem with the regular brakes aswell. Have the vehicle towed forservice. See Towing theVehicle 0 311.

Sport Mode Light

This light comes on when SportMode is selected. See “Sport Mode”in Driver Selected Operating Modes0 181 for more information.



Mountain Mode Light

This light comes on when MountainMode is selected. See “MountainMode” in Driver Selected OperatingModes 0 181 for more information.

Hold Mode Light

This light comes on when HoldMode is selected. See “Hold Mode”in Driver Selected Operating Modes0 181 for more information.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 213.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your



dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check the

DIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 138.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on briefly whenthe vehicle is started.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light then goes off.



If the light comes on and stays onwhile driving, the vehicle may havea problem with the cooling system.Stop and turn off the vehicle toavoid damage to the engine.A warning chime sounds when thislight is on.

See Engine Overheating 0 253 formore information.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the vehicle isin ON/RUN. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A message in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) may also display. SeeTire Messages 0 140. Stop as soonas possible, and inflate the tires tothe pressure value shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Tires 0 271.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

This indicates that there may be aproblem with the TPMS. The lightflashes for about one minute andstays on steady until the vehicle isin OFF. This sequence repeats eachtime the vehicle is in ON/RUN. SeeTire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 280.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be covered

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

by the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

The oil pressure light should comeon briefly as the vehicle is started.If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.



Low Fuel Warning Light

The low fuel warning light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is started.

This light also comes on when thefuel level is low. When fuel is added,the light should go off. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicle

serviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See ImmobilizerOperation 0 44.

Vehicle Ready Light

The vehicle ready light comes onwhenever the vehicle is ready to bedriven.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 151.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 149.



Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 149.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 194.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ifequipped) is active. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 196.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched.

Information Displays

Power FlowsTo view the Power Flow screens,touch Energy on the infotainmentdisplay and then touch Power Flowat the bottom of the touch screen.The Power Flow screens indicatethe current system operatingcondition. The screens show theenergy flow between the engine,electric drive unit, and high voltagebattery. These components will behighlighted when they are active.

Battery Power - Battery is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.



Battery Power - Vehicle is stationaryin electric mode and no power isflowing to the wheels.

Engine Power - Engine is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.

Engine Power - Vehicle is stationaryin Extended Range Mode and nopower is flowing to the wheels.

Engine Power - Engine is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.Engine is charging the battery.

Engine Power - Vehicle is stationaryand no power is flowing to thewheels. Engine is charging thebattery.

Engine and Battery Power - Boththe engine and battery are activewith energy flowing to the wheels.



Engine and Regen Power Recovery- Engine is active. Power from thewheels returns to the battery duringregenerative braking or coasting.

Regen Power Recovery - Powerfrom the wheels returns to thebattery during regenerative brakingor coasting.

Power Off - No power is flowing tothe wheels.

Programmable ChargingImportant Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging


. Before you plug into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.


. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweatherproof while in use.


{ Danger


(Continued)



Danger (Continued)





Programmable Charge Modes

This vehicle has threeprogrammable charge modes. Toview the current charge mode statusin the center stack display, touchEnergy in the infotainment displayand then touch Charging at thebottom of the touch screen.

The Charge Start and ChargeComplete time estimates are alsodisplayed on the screen. Theseestimates are most accurate whenthe vehicle is plugged in and inmoderate temperature conditions.

Charge Mode Status

Immediately : The vehicle startscharging as soon as it is connectedto an electrical outlet. See Plug-InCharging 0 215.

Delayed Based on DepartureTime : The vehicle estimates thecharging start time considering theprogrammed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. Chargingbegins at the start time and iscomplete by the departure time onlyif sufficient time is allowed after thecharge cord is plugged in.



Delayed (Electric Rate andDeparture Time) : The vehicleestimates the charging start timebased on the utility rate schedule,utility rate preference, and theprogrammed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. The vehiclewill charge during the leastexpensive rate periods to achieve afull battery charge by the departuretime. Electrical rate information fromthe utility company for the charginglocation is required for this mode.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all “Peak”rates and the rate preference is tocharge during “Off-Peak” rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Charge Limit Preference Selection

The Charge Limit Preference settingallows the customer to select theirvehicle’s charge level so it matchesthe capability of their charginglocation. If the vehicle consistently

stops charging after plugging in, or ifa circuit breaker continues to trip,reducing to a lower Charge LimitPreference may resolve the issue.

The Charge Limit Preference shouldbe configured to match the electricalcurrent rating for the electrical outletthat the charge cord is connectedto. The Charge Limit Preferencesettings are:

. Maximum: Limits AC current to12 amps

. Reduced: Limits AC current to8 amps

Exact current levels may vary fromthe values shown in this manual.Check the vehicle for the currentavailable levels.

The Charge Limit Preference settingresets to the Reduced 8 amp settingeach time the vehicle is driven.Location Based Charging can beenabled to maintain Maximum12 amp setting at a specified Homelocation. See “Location BasedCharging” later in this section.

The Charge Limit Preference settingcan be changed at any time whilethe center stack display is operable.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.



Charge Mode Selection

From the main charging screen,touch Charge Mode.

Select one option:

. Immediately Upon Plug In

. Delayed Based onDeparture Time

. Delayed (Electric Rate andDeparture Time)

Departure Time Entry

From the main charging screen,touch Next Planned Departure.

1. Touch the day to change.

2. Touchy orz to change thehours and minutes.

3. Touchy orz to change AMor PM.

4. Touch S to store changes andreturn to the previous screen.

Charge Rate Information

From the Delayed Charge ModeStatus screen, touch Charge RateInformation.

Select one of the following:

. Charge Completion: EarliestPossible/Latest Possible.

. Electric Rate Schedule.

. Charge Rate Preference.

Earliest or Latest Completion Time

If the vehicle calculates that the costwould be the same for variouscharge modes based on the chargerates selected, select to finish thecharge at the earliest possible timeor the latest possible time. Use theEarliest setting to charge as soon aspossible if there is a planneddeparture prior to the scheduleddeparture time. Use the Latestsetting to optimize energy usage.



Charge Rate Preference Selection

From the main charging screen,touch Charge Rate Information andthen touch Charge Rate Preference.

Touch one of the following optionsto select the Charge RatePreference:

. Charge during Peak, Mid-Peak,and Off-Peak Rates: The vehiclecan charge during any rateperiod to satisfy the nextplanned departure time.However, it will select when tocharge to minimize the total costof the charge.

. Charge during Mid-Peak andOff-Peak Rates: The vehicle willcharge during Off-Peak and/orMid-Peak rate periods only and

will select when to charge tominimize the total cost of thecharge.

. Charge during Off-Peak Rates:The vehicle will only chargeduring Off-Peak rate periods.

Charging begins at the start timeand is complete by the departuretime only if sufficient time is allowedafter the charge cord is plugged in.For example, if the vehicle isplugged in for only one hour prior tothe departure time, and the batteryis completely discharged, thevehicle will not be fully charged bythe departure time regardless of therate selection.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all Peakrates and the rate preference is tocharge during Off-Peak rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Electric Rate Plan Selection

Electric rates, or cost per unit, mayvary based on time, weekday/weekend, and season. During theday when the demand for electricityis high, the rates are usually higherand are called Peak rates. At nightwhen the demand for electricity islow, the rates are usually lower andare called Off-Peak rates. In someareas, a Mid-Peak rate is offered.

Contact the utility company to obtainthe rate schedule for your area. Thesummer and winter start dates mustbe established to use a summer/winter schedule.

From the Charge Rate Informationscreen, touch Electric RateSchedule.



To edit the Summer/WinterSchedule:

1. Select Summer/Winter for theRate Schedule Type.

2. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule.

To edit the Yearly Schedule:

1. Select Yearly for the RateSchedule Type.

2. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule.

Summer/Winter Schedule StartDate Entering

To toggle between a yearlyschedule or a summer/winterschedule, touch RateSchedule Type.

To edit the Rate Schedule SeasonStart Dates:

1. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule on the Electric RateSchedule Screen.

2. Touch the summer icon.

3. Touchy orz to set themonth and day for the start ofsummer.

4. Touch the winter icon.

5. Touchy orz to set themonth and day for the start ofwinter.

6. Touch S to save changes.

Electric Rate Schedule Editing

From the Charge Rate InformationScreen touch Electric RateSchedule. Select the season youwish to edit if summer/winter ratesare selected. If yearly rate scheduleis selected no summer/winter iconwill appear.

1. Touch Weekday or WeekendRates

2. Touch the rate time window tobe changed.

. Weekdays are Mondaythrough Friday and use thesame rate schedule.

. Weekends are Saturdayand Sunday and use thesame rate schedule.

Both weekday and weekendschedules must be set. The rateschedule only applies for a 24-hourperiod, starting at 12:00 AM andending at 12:00 AM. There can befive rate changes for each day; notall must be used.



The finish times must beconsecutive. If a finish time does notfollow a start time, the errormessage displays “An invalid entrywas found in the data entered.Please re-enter data.”

Electric Rate Finish Time Editing

From the Edit (Summer, Winter,or Yearly) Electric Rate Schedulescreen, touch the row to change.

1. Touchy orz to adjustthe time.

2. Touch Off-Peak, Mid-Peak,or Peak to select theelectric rate.

3. Touch S3 to store changes.

Only the finish time can be edited.The start time is automaticallypopulated in the rate table.

Temporary Charge ModeOverride and Cancel

Programmed Delayed ChargeModes can be temporarilyoverridden to an Immediate ChargeMode for one charge cycle. Also,the next planned departure time canbe temporarily overridden for onecharge cycle. In addition to thein-vehicle overrides via the centerstack, there are other ways totemporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode. See Plug-InCharging 0 215.

Temporary Override of a DelayedCharge Mode

To temporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode to Immediate ChargeMode from inside the vehicle:

1. Touch Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Touch Charge Immediately atPlug-In to temporarily overrideto an Immediate Charge Mode.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

To cancel the temporary override toImmediate, touch the X next to thecharge mode on the main chargingscreen.



Temporary Override of the NextPlanned Departure Time

To temporarily override the NextPlanned Departure Time from insidethe vehicle:

1. Touch Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Touch TemporaryDeparture Time.

3. Touchy orz to change theNext Departure Time.

4. Touch S3 to confirm atemporary override of the NextPlanned Departure Time.

The main charging screen willautomatically display the reviseddeparture time and chargecomplete time.

The Temporary Departure Time canonly be updated for the same dayas the original Next PlannedDeparture Time. Also, the vehiclewill not accept a TemporaryDeparture Time that is before thepresent time of day.

To cancel the temporary override ofthe Next Planned Departure Time:

. From the Temporary OverrideOptions screen, touch CancelTemporary Override Setting.

. From the main charging screen,touch the X on the right side ofthe respective override text.When you override to animmediate charge mode, the Xwill be on the far right side ofCharge Mode. When youoverride the departure time ofeither delayed charge mode, theX will be on the far right side ofNext Planned Departure.

Location Based Charging

This feature allows chargingsettings to be customized when thevehicle is at home or away fromhome. The charge mode and charge



level preference will update basedon vehicle location. See “ChargeLimit Preference Selection” earlier inthis section. The chargingcustomization settings will be thesaved home profile settings at homeand Charge Immediate when awayfrom home.

Dashes display on the screen whenGPS is unavailable.

Using Location Based Charging

To use location based charging, ahome location must first be stored.To store a home location:

1. From the Home screen, touchSettings.

2. Touch Vehicle.

3. Touch Energy.

4. Touch Location BasedCharging.

5. Touch Set Home Location.

6. A pop-up will confirm thesetting and the compass will belit. In addition, the Set HomeLocation will change to UpdateHome Location.

To turn location based charging onor off:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “UsingLocation Based Charging” toget to the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Touch ON or OFF to turn thesystem on or off.

Updating Home Location

To update the home location:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “UsingLocation Based Charging” toget to the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Choose Update HomeLocation.

3. Choose:

Update : Use when the vehicle isparked in a new location.

Cancel : Use to cancel thisoperation and make no changes.

Remove : Use to remove the storedhome location from the vehicle. Thiswill turn the feature off becausethere will be no home locationstored.

Expiration

The charge level preference at thehome location is stored for up to90 days. After 90 days, a notificationwill display on the screen and thecharge level preference will need tobe reset for the next 90 days.

Charging Interrupted orOverridden Pop-Up

The Charging Interrupted orOverridden message will appear ifany of the following conditionsoccur:

. The charging settings have beenmodified via OnStar through thewebsite or the Mobile App. Forexample, the Departure TimeTables, the Rate Tables, or the



Charge Mode were updatedusing the customer website(available in select regions).

. There was an unintended loss ofAC power during the plug-incharge event. For example,there was a power outage or thecharge cord was unplugged fromthe wall.

. The charge process wasinterrupted by the utilitycompany via OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner(available in select regions).

See Utility Interruption ofCharging 0 228.

Programmable ChargingDisabled

When the Programmable Chargingsystem is disabled, the maincharging screen will display “- -:- -”for the Charge Complete Time. TheProgrammable Charging system willbe disabled if the Charge CompleteTime cannot be confidentlyestimated. If the ProgrammableCharging system is consistentlydisabled, see your dealer.

Energy InformationTo view Energy Usage, EnergyUsage Score, and Energy Details,touch Energy on the infotainmentdisplay, touch INFO, then touch h ork. To reset the values, the highvoltage battery needs to be fullyrecharged.

Energy Usage

The Energy Usage screen displaysinformation for the total of all drivecycles since the last time the highvoltage battery was fully charged.This includes:

. Distance traveled inElectric Mode

. Distance traveled in ExtendedRange Mode

. Total distance traveled

. Electric energy used from thebattery

. Total fuel used

. Average fuel economy



The electric equivalent to fueleconomy is MPGe. Touch MPG onthe screen to view. When dashesare displayed, the maximum limits tosome values have been reached.

The circle graph displaysthe percentage of distance traveledusing Electric Mode versusExtended Range Mode. TheLifetime fuel economy is a total overthe life of the vehicle and can onlybe reset by the dealer. The EnergyUsage information will also appearautomatically on power off whenRetained Accessory Power isactive. This pop-up can be disabled.See “Energy Summary Pop-up”under VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Energy Usage Score

The Energy Usage Score screenprovides an estimate of the factorsthat influence energy usage sincethe last full charge of the highvoltage battery. A positive score isdesired to reach the vehicle’selectric and fuel economy rating.

. Technique includes acceleratingand braking.

. Terrain includes road conditions,such as hills, rain, and snow andmay be affected by wind and tirepressure.

. Climate Settings includes howthe heating and air conditioningare used.

. Outside Temperature includesthe effect that hot or cold air hason vehicle aerodynamics.

. Score is the sum of theindividual scores.

The individual scores provide anunderstanding of how electric andfuel economy are different fromday-to-day, even when traveling thesame route.

All values are reset after a completecharge and may not be stable untilapproximately 10 miles have beendriven.

Energy Details

The Energy Details screen displayshow energy is being used since thelast time the high voltage batterywas fully charged. It includes



Driving and Accessories, ClimateSettings, and Battery Conditioning.The circle graph displaysthese percentages. The total energyused displays at the bottom of thescreen.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows thestatus of many vehicle systems.

w orx : Press to go to theprevious or next selection.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press o to go back to theprevious menu.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The info displays on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press V while viewing theSettings page in one of theinteractive display zones on thecluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress V.

3. Pressw orx to movethrough the list of possible infodisplays.

4. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Trip A or Trip B and Average FuelEconomy : The Trip display showsthe current distance traveled, ineither kilometers (km) or miles (mi),since the trip odometer was lastreset. The trip odometer can bereset by pressing and holding Vwhile this display is active.



The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. The AverageFuel Economy can be reset alongwith the trip odometer by pressingand holding V while this display isactive.

Compass and Speed : Shows thedirection the vehicle is driving andthe vehicle speed in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph).

Total Range : Shows the remainingdistance the vehicle can be drivencombining the electric range andfuel range.

Oil Life : The Oil Life display showsan estimate of the oil's remaininguseful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE99% is displayed, that means 99%of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 134.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 243.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 326.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold V for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 245.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 280 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 281.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding V while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount oftime that has passed since the timerwas last reset. To stop the timer,press V briefly while this displayis active and the timer is running.



To reset the timer to zero, press andhold V while this display is active.

Speed Limit : Shows the currentspeed limit. The information for thispage comes from a roadwaydatabase.

Follow Distance Indicator : Thecurrent follow time to the vehicleahead is displayed as a time valueon this page.

Coolant Temperature : Shows theengine coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Blank Page : The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the cluster infodisplay areas.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V.

The messages that requireimmediate action cannot be cleareduntil that action is performed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

The following are the possiblemessages and some informationabout them.

Battery and ChargingMessages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the 12-voltbattery voltage has dropped andvehicle features are being disabled.The 12-volt battery saver systemstarts reducing certain featurestrying to save the charge of the12-volt battery. Turn off unnecessaryfeatures to allow the battery torecharge.

CHARGE CORD CONNECTED

This message displays when thecharge cord is connected to thevehicle. The vehicle cannot beshifted out of P (Park) with thecharge cord connected.

CHARGE DOOR OPEN

This message displays when thecharge door is open and the vehicleis shifted out of P (Park). Thecharge door should be kept fullyclosed when the vehicle is notcharging.



LOW BATTERY

This message displays when the12-volt battery voltage is low. SeeBattery - North America 0 256.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a fault in the 12-volt batterycharging system. See your dealerfor service.

SERVICE HIGH VOLTAGECHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the high voltagecharging system. See your dealerfor service.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message displays when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 254.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays if the ElectricParking Brake is on while thevehicle is in motion. Release itbefore attempting to drive. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 188.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message displays when thereis a problem with the brake boostsystem. When this messagedisplays, the brake pedal may beharder to push and the stoppingdistance may be longer. See yourdealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the ElectricParking Brake. See your dealer forservice.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message displays whenattempting to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 188.

Compass MessagesDashes may be displayed if thevehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).

Cruise Control Messages

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control is set and shows thespeed it was set to. See CruiseControl 0 194.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. The DOOR OPENmessage may also be displayed ifthe vehicle starts to move. Close thedoor completely.



HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.

TRUNK OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the hatch is open.Close the hatch completely.

Electric Drive UnitMessages

SHIFT FROM NEUTRAL

This message displays when thevehicle should be shifted fromN (Neutral). If the vehicle remains inelectric neutral at low vehiclespeeds, the vehicle will not be ableto charge the high voltage battery.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thevehicle should be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenattempting to turn off the vehiclewhen it is not in P (Park).

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

ENGINE OVERHEATED —REDUCE SPEED

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature orengine oil is too hot. Reduce speedand allow the vehicle to cool down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

ENGINE RUNNING DUE TOTEMPERATURE

This message displays when thehigh voltage battery is charged butthe engine has to come on becauseof the outside temperature or highvoltage battery temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.After changing the engine oil, theEngine Oil Life System must bereset. See Engine Oil Life System0 245 and Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 130 for information on howto reset the system. See Engine Oil0 243 and MaintenanceSchedule 0 326.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — TURNVEHICLE OFF

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and see your dealer forservice.



Fuel System Messages

CLOSE FUEL DOOR

This message displays when thefuel door is open and the vehicle ismoving.

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLEADD FUEL

This message displays when theengine is not available due torunning out of fuel. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the battery is depleted,but will have reduced acceleration.When this message is displayed,refuel the vehicle. See Out of Fuel/Engine Unavailable 0 183.

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

READY TO REFUEL

This message displays when thefuel system is depressurized andthe vehicle can be refueled.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.

WAIT TO REFUEL

This message displays when thefuel system is pressurized. Youmust wait to refuel the vehicle untilthis message goes off.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 30.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 30.

NO REMOTE DETECTEDPRESS BRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicleand the RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowedwithout the RKE transmitter forfive minutes. Press the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP torestart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.



REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

A message will display when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off.

CHECK LAMP or LAMPFAILURE

Depending on the lamp, one ofthese messages may display. SeeBulb Replacement 0 260.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message displays if the turnsignal has been left on. Turn off theturn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

FORWARD COLLISIONSYSTEM OFF

This message displays whenForward Automatic Braking (FAB)has been turned off or set to Alert.See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 210.

FORWARD COLLISIONSYSTEM UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenForward Automatic Braking (FAB)has been unavailable for some time.FAB does not need service. Thismessage can display under thefollowing conditions:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean. Keepthese areas clean and free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 314.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the object detectionperformance.

This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 192.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA)and the Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system will not operate.Forward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB)may not work or may not workas well.



LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) and LaneChange Alert (LCA) systems off.

LANE KEEPING ASSISTUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theLane Keep Assist (LKA) and LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system istemporarily unavailable. The LKAsystem does not need service.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Clean theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror.

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.

SERVICE FORWARDCOLLISION SYSTEM

If this message displays, see yourdealer for service . ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) and/or theForward Automatic Braking (FAB)System may not work. Do not usethese systems until the vehicle hasbeen repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, see your dealerfor service. Do not use the LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Lane DepartureWarning (LDW), Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB), and ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) features.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)features will not work. See yourdealer for service.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), LaneChange Alert (LCA), and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care 0 314.



Propulsion PowerMessages

PROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED

This message displays when thepropulsion power is reduced andcan affect the ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. If this messagestays on when the malfunctionindicator lamp is on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

This message can display when thevehicle is parked during extremecold conditions without plugging-in.While driving the vehicle with thismessage displayed, the vehiclespeed may be reduced until the highvoltage battery is conditioned.

This message can display whendriving in mountainous terrainwithout using Mountain Mode or bynot entering Mountain Mode soonenough to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve before climbingsteep grades. This is normaloperation to protect the high voltagebattery. Only if both thePROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED message and themalfunction indicator lamp are onshould the vehicle be taken to thedealer for service.

While climbing the grade with thismessage displayed, the vehiclespeed may be reduced until theengine can recover the battery stateof charge to a normal level. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes 0 181.

Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays when thereis a problem detected with theStabiliTrak system. The vehicle is

safe to drive, but the StabiliTraksystem is not operational. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 192 for information onresetting the system.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem detected with theTraction Control System (TCS). Thevehicle is safe to drive, but the TCSis not operational. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 192 for information on resettingthe system.

STABILITRAK OFF

This message displays whenStabiliTrak is turned off. Adjust yourdriving accordingly.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned off. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.



TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned on.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour dealer for service.

Security Messages

SERVICE THEFT ALARM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the alarm. See yourdealer for service.

SERVICE THEFT DETERRENTSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See your dealer for service.

Service Vehicle Messages

ENGINE MAINTENANCE XXX%COMPLETE

This message displays when theEngine Maintenance Mode isrunning. See “Engine MaintenanceMode (EMM)” under MaintenanceModes 0 183.

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLESERVICE SOON

This message displays when theengine is not available due to amalfunction that will not allow theengine to start. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the battery is depleted,but will have reduced acceleration.When this message is displayed,the vehicle should be taken to yourdealer for service as soon aspossible. See Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable 0 183.

SERVICE AC SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the air conditioningsystem. See your dealer for service.

SERVICE HEATER SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the heater system.See your dealer for service.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displaysand a reduction in steeringperformance or loss of powersteering assistance is noticed, seeyour dealer for service.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the vehicle. See yourdealer for service. Depending on theseverity of a crash, this messagemay come on along with the airbagreadiness light.



Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO STARTVEHICLE

This message displays whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

PRESS BUTTON AGAIN TOTURN ENGINE OFF

This message displays as areminder to press POWER O to turnthe vehicle off when an attempt ismade to turn off the vehicle while itis in motion.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. See your dealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 281.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light 0 115.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon aspossible. Inflate the tires by addingair until the tire pressure is equal tothe values shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tires0 271, Vehicle Load Limits 0 171,and Tire Pressure 0 278.

More than one tire pressuremessage can appear at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 130.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message is displayed when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXX

This message displays when thevehicle speed is limited.



VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Manual Radio Controls

MENU : Press the center of theknob to enter menus and selectmenu items. Turn the knob to scrollthrough the menus.

o BACK : Press to return to theprevious menu or exit.

Touchscreen Controls

1. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

2. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

3. Press o BACK on the

faceplate or touch 0 to returnto the previous menu or exit.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Language (Language)

. Teen Driver

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. USB Auto Launch

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 98.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

Teen Driver

Select and the following maydisplay:

. View Report Card

. Manage Settings

. Change PIN

. Key Registration

. Clear All Teen Keys/PIN

View Report Card

This allows the driver’s drivinghabits to be viewed. See “TeenDriver” in “Settings” in theInfotainment Manual.



Manage Settings


. Audio Volume Limit

. Teen Driver Speed Warning

Audio Volume Limit

This allows a maximum radiovolume to be set.

Select Off or On.

Teen Driver Speed Warning

This allows a warning to be setwhen a certain speed is exceeded.

Select Off or On. If On is selected,select a speed between 64 km/h(40 mph) and 120 km/h (75 mph).

Change PIN

This allows the PersonalIdentification Number (PIN) to bechanged. See “Teen Driver” in“Settings” in the InfotainmentManual.

Key Registration

This allows the key to be registered.See “Teen Driver” in “Settings” inthe Infotainment Manual.

Clear All Teen Keys/PIN

This allows all Teen Driver keys andPINs to be cleared.

Select Continue or Cancel.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Press Back to goback to the previous menu.

Radio


. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Auto Volume

. Maximum Startup Volume

. Audio Cue Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Select to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on vehicle speed andambient noise.



Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, touch +or − to increase or decrease.

Audio Cue Volume

This feature sets the volume ofaudio files played at system startupand shutdown.

Select On, then select + or − toincrease or decrease the volume.

Vehicle


. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Energy

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Engine Assist Heat

. Engine Assist Heat Plugged In

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, the AUTO heatedseat buttons on the touch screenwill be highlighted. This feature willautomatically activate heated seatsat the level required by the interiortemperature. The auto heated seatscan be turned off by using theheated seat buttons on the centerstack.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically come on when thevehicle is started.

Select Off or On.

Engine Assist Heat

If equipped, this feature selects theoutside temperature level at whichthe engine may run to assist heatingin Electric Mode. A change inselection will not take effect untilafter the vehicle is firstpowered down.

Select On for temperatures belowapproximately 2 °C (35 °F), or selectDeferred for temperatures belowapproximately −10 °C (15 °F).

Engine Assist Heat Plugged In

During remote start, this featureturns on or off the ability for theengine to run to help heat thevehicle when it is plugged in.A change in setting will not takeeffect until after the vehicle is firstpowered down.



Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Auto Collision Preparation orForward Collision System

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Lane Change Alert

Auto Collision Preparation orForward Collision System

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).The Off setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 210.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On. See AssistanceSystems for Parking orBacking 0 204.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On. See Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) 0 211.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Extended Hill Start Assist

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Select + or − to adjust the volume.

Extended Hill Start Assist

This allows the duration of the HillStart Assist to be changed. See“Extended Hill Start Assist (EHSA)”in Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 190.

Select Extended Hold orStandard Hold.

Energy


. Location Based Charging

. Energy Summary Pop-up

. Charge Status Feedback

. Charge Cord Theft Alert

. Charge Power Loss Alert

Location Based Charging

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Update Home Location, On,or Off.

Energy Summary Pop-up


Select Off or On.

Charge Status Feedback

If the feature is on, horn chirpsare on.

Select Off or On.



Charge Cord Theft Alert


Select Off or On.

Charge Power Loss Alert


Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on brieflywhen K on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is pressedto locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.



Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

This allows the window to beopened when pressing andholding K on the RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thedoor handle touch pad button on thedriver door to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See “Passive Locking” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Select to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT and type in a newnumber, then select SAVE.



Text Message

This feature allows text messagesto be received. See “TextMessaging” under “Phone” in theinfotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay™


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Android Auto™


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

USB Auto Launch

This allows Android and AppleCarPlay devices to automaticallyconnect when plugged into theUSB port.

Select Off or On.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display


. Mode

. Proximity Sensing

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off



Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttonsand features will become visiblewhen a hand approaches thescreen.

Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the display area orpress any faceplate button to turnthe display on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 204.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 204.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.


Lighting 149

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 149Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 152Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Battery Power Protection . . . . . 155

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off.

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.


150 Lighting

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen the exterior lamp control is inAUTO or5. The blue high-beamon light appears on the instrumentcluster when the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the high/low-beamchanger or the flash-to-passfeature. If this happens,pressb on the turn signallever when the exteriorlamp control is in theAUTO or5 position toreactivate the IntelliBeamsystem. The instrument clusterlight will come on to indicatethe IntelliBeam system is

reactivated. See HeadlampHigh/Low-Beam Changer 0 151and Flash-to-Pass 0 151.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.


Lighting 151

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer23 : Push the turn signal leveraway from you and release, to turnthe high beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThe flash-to-pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward youmomentarily and then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)The DRL system comes on indaylight when the followingconditions are met:

. The vehicle is on.

. The exterior lamp control is inthe automatic position.

. The electric drive unit is not inP (Park).

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

Fully functional DRL are required onall vehicles first sold in Canada.

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will not beon. The instrument cluster will be lit.

When the exterior lamp control isturned to the headlamp position, thelow-beam headlamps come on. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When the vehicle is on and you arestopped, the DRL can be turned offby moving the shift lever to P (Park).The DRL will stay off until the shiftlever is moved out of the P (Park)position.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.


152 Lighting

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 153.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the vehiclepushbutton start in the ON/RUNposition, and the exterior lampcontrol is in AUTO, the headlamps,parking lamps, and other exteriorlamps come on. The transition timefor the lamps coming on variesbased on wiper speed. When thewipers are not operating, theselamps turn off. Move the exteriorlamp control to O or; to disablethis feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble.

Press| again to turn theflashers off.


Lighting 153

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever ismoved momentarily to the lanechange position, the arrow will flashthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If a bulb is not burned out,check the fuse. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 266.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel cluster display, infotainmentdisplay and controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to brighten or dimthe lights.


154 Lighting

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off thedome lamps when a door is open.An LED indicator on the button willturn on when the dome lampoverride is activated. PressjOFF again to deactivate this featureand the LED indicator will turn off.The dome lamps will come on whendoors are opened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on manually.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thefront reading lamps on or off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

Press the button near each lamp toturn the rear reading lamps onor off.


Lighting 155

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and the interiorlights turn on briefly at night whenthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter K is pressed. The lightsturn off immediately when POWERO is pressed or automatically after abrief period.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight when the vehicle is turned offand the driver door is opened.Some interior lights also come onwhen the vehicle is turned off. Theexterior lamps and interior lightsremain on after the door is closedfor a brief period and then turn off.

The exit lighting feature can bechanged. See VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle's12-volt battery.

If the exterior lamps or any interiorlamp is left on and the vehicle isturned off, the battery rundownprotection system automaticallyturns the lamps off after about10 minutes.


156 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Introduction

InfotainmentYour vehicle has an infotainmentsystem. See the infotainmentmanual.


Climate Controls 157

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Climate ControlSystems

Automatic ClimateControl SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilationfor the vehicle can be controlledwith this system.

The vehicle may require the use ofan auxiliary heat source undercertain cold conditions. Thisprovides additional heating and

defrost capability obtained byrunning the engine, even if the highvoltage battery is adequatelycharged. Under these conditions,the engine will start and use fuel.Make sure there is fuel in the tank.

Do not allow the vehicle to remain inextreme temperatures for longperiods without being driven orplugged in.


158 Climate Controls

1. Manual Fan Control Knob

2. MAX Defrost

3. Defrost/Defog

4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Recirculation

6. eco Climate Mode Button

7. Temperature Control Knob

8. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

9. MAX Climate Mode Button

10. Power Button

11. Air Delivery Mode Controls

12. Rear Window Defogger

Climate Mode Operation

There are three climate modesettings: Fan Only, eco, and MAX.These settings adjust the impact theclimate control system has on thevehicle's electric range or fueleconomy.

To select a climate mode,press eco.

Fan Only Mode : To select thismode, turn off both eco and MAXmode. The air conditioning andelectric heat are turned off. As longas0 MAX is not selected, the

climate control settings may nothave a noticeable effect on thevehicle electric range and fueleconomy.

When in Fan Only mode, the AUTOindicator light will be on. WhenAUTO is selected in Fan Onlymode, the mode will change toeither eco or MAX.

When in Fan Only mode, the airconditioning system may turn onautomatically if the high voltagebattery is being cooled. The climatecontrol system could blow cold air.This is normal. To prevent cold airfrom blowing into the interior, turn offthe fan control and select the ventmode and manual recirculationmode, and close the air vents.

When in Fan Only mode, if AutoDefog is enabled, the airconditioning and electric heat mayturn on when high humidityconditions exist. See “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 141 for moreinformation on the Auto Defogselection. The air conditioning mayalso run if0 MAX is selected.



eco Mode : Press eco to select thismode and the indicator will be lit.The air conditioning and electricheat are controlled to balancecomfort with fuel economy. As longas0 MAX is not selected, thevehicle electric range or fueleconomy will decrease less than inMAX mode, but will result inmoderate comfort.

MAX Mode : Press MAX to selectthis mode and the indicator will belit. The air conditioning and electricheat are controlled to reach the bestcomfort level based on thetemperature setting selected. In thismode, vehicle electric range or fueleconomy will decrease dependingon the amount of energy required toreach the best comfort levels.

The air conditioning and electricheat could be on at the same timewhen dehumidification is required ineco or MAX modes.

The air conditioning may also run if0 MAX is selected, regardless ofthe climate mode.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery mode,and recirculation to heat or cool thevehicle to the selected temperature.

When the AUTO indicator light ison, the system is in full automaticoperation. If the air delivery mode orfan speed setting is adjusted, theAUTO indicator turns off and theselected settings display.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. An initialsetting of 23 °C (74 °F) isrecommended. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the climate controlsystem on and off.

A : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. The fanspeed setting appears on thedisplay screen. Manually adjustingthe fan speed cancels automatic fan

control. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation. Press O to turnoff the fan and the climate controlsystem.

If the power is turned off while ineco or MAX mode, the display willautomatically change to Fan Onlymode. If the fan speed is increasedor AUTO is pressed, the climatemode will revert back to eco orMAX mode.

Temperature Control : Turn theknob clockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease thetemperature setting.

Air Delivery Mode Control :Pressd andc or acombination of the buttons tochange the direction of the airflow.The indicator light in the button willturn on. The current mode appearsin the display screen.

Pressing any of the air deliverybuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.



To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

0 : Air is directed to thewindshield.

d : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

c : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield and the fan runs at ahigher speed. Fog or frost is clearedfrom the windshield more quickly.When the button is pressed again,the system returns to the previousmode setting.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

If0 MAX is selected in eco orMAX mode, air conditioning orelectric heat may turn on and havea noticeable effect on vehicleelectric range and fuel economy.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce the

entry of outside air and odors. Therecirculation mode is not available inDefrost or Defog modes.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Auto Defog : The system willmonitor high humidity inside thevehicle. When high humidity isdetected, the climate control systemmay adjust to outside air supply andturn on the air conditioner or theheater. The fan speed may slightlyincrease to help prevent fogging.When high humidity is no longerdetected, the system will return toits prior operation. To turn AutoDefog off or on, see “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

L or M : If equipped, press L or Mto heat the driver or passenger seat.See Heated Front Seats 0 54.

Auto Heated Seats : If equipped,the controls can be accessed whilethe vehicle is on by pressing L orM on the center stack. When the

vehicle is on, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by thevehicle's interior temperature. Theactive high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonlights on the center stack. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 54 andVehicle Personalization 0 141.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when thevehicle is in ON/RUN. The defoggerwill turn off if the vehicle isturned off.

If equipped with heated outsiderearview mirrors, they turn on whenthe rear window defogger button ison and help to clear fog or frost fromthe surface of the mirror. SeeHeated Mirrors 0 46.



Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Remote Start : The climate controlsystem may be started by using theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. The climate controlsystem will default to an appropriateheating or cooling mode. SeeRemote Start 0 36.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Compressor

The vehicle has an electric poweredair conditioning compressor. Thisallows for continuous air

conditioning and/or high voltagebattery cooling operation, withoutrunning the engine.

The compressor operating speed isnot tied to the engine speed, sosome noise may be heard from thecompressor, especially when airconditioning use is high and theengine has turned off. This isnormal.

Sensors

Solar Sensor

The solar sensor is on top of theinstrument panel, near thewindshield, where it monitors solarintensity.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Humidity Sensor

The humidity sensor is near thebase of the inside rearview mirror.The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature and recirculation forbest comfort.

Outside Air Temperature Sensor

The outside air temperature sensoris behind the front grille of thevehicle. The vehicle uses the sensorinformation to display outside airtemperature. The climate controlsystem uses the information toadjust the climate system operation.



Air Vents

Use the louvers on the air vents tochange the direction of the airflow,or to open and close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 326.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 335.



1. Open the glove box door (1)completely. Grasp the edges ofthe side instrument paneltrim (2) and pull to remove fromthe instrument panel.

2. Remove the five screws andpull the entire glove box towardyou to release completely. Theservice door can now beaccessed.

3. Release the retainer clipsholding the service door. Openthe service door and removethe old filter.

4. Install the new air filter.

5. Close the service door andattach the retainer clips.

6. Reverse the steps to reinstallthe glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.


164 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 166Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 167Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 168Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 169Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 171Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 175Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 178Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Electric Vehicle OperatingModesSystem Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . 180Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . 183

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Electric Drive UnitElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 188Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 190Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 190

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 193

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 196

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 203Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 204

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 211Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 213

ChargingPlug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Delayed Charging Override . . . 217Charging Status Feedback . . . 217Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 229


Driving and Operating 165

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 231Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



Refer to the separate Infotainmentsystem manual for more informationon using that system, includingpairing and using a cell phone.

If equipped, refer to the navigationmanual for information on thatsystem, including pairing and usinga cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See SafetyBelts 0 57.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

Power brake assist is availableunless the 12-volt battery drains orthere is a fault in the brakecomputer.



Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under Service VehicleMessages 0 139. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.

The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a low gear or byusing Regen on Demand. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicle

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

occupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 271.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes 0 181.Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andelectric drive unit.

. Keep the vehicle in gear whengoing down steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the vehicle turned off isdangerous. The brakes will have

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

to do all the work of slowing downthe vehicle and could become toohot. Hot brakes may not be ableto slow the vehicle enough tomaintain speed and control. Youcould crash. Always have thevehicle running and in gear(preferably LOW range) whengoing downhill. This will allow theelectric drive unit to assist inslowing and maintaining speed.

. Drive at speeds to keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills.Something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.



Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For slippery road driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 192.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 188.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwise

clear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Stay with the vehicle unless there ishelp nearby. If possible, useRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 345. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), which

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 185.



To save fuel, start the vehicle forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

The Traction Control System (TCS)must be turned off by pressing theTCS/ESC button. Traction control isnot completely off, but will onlyengage if the maneuver can causedamage to the electric drive unit.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a forwardgear, spinning the wheels as little aspossible. The Traction ControlSystem prevents the tires fromspinning at high speeds. To preventelectric drive unit wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the electric drive unit is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels inthe forward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 311.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called the

vehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the originalequipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 271 and TirePressure 0 278.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)



5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InThe vehicle does not require abreak-in period. Vehicle break-in isperformed during manufacturing.

Power Button

The vehicle has an electronicpushbutton start. The POWER Olight flashes when the driver door isopen and the vehicle is not on. Theflashing light will eventually time out.The light is on steady when in ON/

RUN power mode. When the vehicleis turned off, the POWER O lightwill turn off.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If the vehiclewill not start, place the RKEtransmitter in the transmitter pocket.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 30.

ON/RUN : This position is forstarting and driving. With the vehicleoff, and the brake pedal applied,pressing POWER O once will placethe vehicle in ON/RUN. When theREADY light is on in the instrumentcluster, the vehicle is ready to bedriven. This could take up to15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures. See Vehicle ReadyLight 0 116. The engine will onlystart if needed. If the vehicle did notstart, the instrument cluster willdisplay a screen with inactive fueland battery gauges. See Startingand Stopping the Vehicle 0 176.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding POWER O formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The propulsion system willnot start in Service Only Mode.Press the button again to turn thevehicle off.

Caution

Service Only Mode will dischargethe 12-volt battery. Do not useService Only Mode for anextended period, or the vehiclemay not start.



STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF :To turn the vehicle off, pressPOWER O with the vehicle inP (Park). Retained Accessory Power(RAP) will remain active until thedriver door is opened. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 177.When turning off the vehicle, if thevehicle is not in P (Park), the vehiclewill go to ACC/ACCESSORY anddisplay the message SHIFT TOPARK in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Electric DriveUnit Messages 0 134.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the vehicleoff by pressing POWER O.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 188.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thepropulsion system off in anemergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold POWER O forlonger than two seconds, or presstwice in five seconds.

Starting and Stopping theVehicleComputers determine when theengine needs to run. The enginemay start, if required, when thepropulsion system is on.

Starting Procedure

Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The propulsion systemwill not start in any other position.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving or the electricdrive unit could be damaged.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the vehicle operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 234.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle.Press the brake pedal and pressand release POWER O.If the RKE transmitter is not in thevehicle or something is interferingwith the transmitter, a message



displays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Key and LockMessages 0 135.

If the vehicle will not start due to alow RKE transmitter battery, thevehicle can still be driven. See“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 30.

A Welcome, Ready, and Good-byeaudio message will be heard in thevehicle and animated on theinstrument cluster when opening thedriver door upon entry, when thevehicle is ready to be driven, andwhen the vehicle is turned off.

The instrument cluster displays anactive fuel and/or battery gauge,along with an audio startup cue,when the vehicle is ready to bedriven. This could take up to15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures. The engine will onlystart if needed. If the vehicle did notstart, the instrument cluster willdisplay a screen with inactive fueland battery gauges. See Startingand Stopping the Vehicle 0 176.

Restarting Procedure

If the vehicle must be restartedwhile it is still moving, move the shiftlever to N (Neutral) and pressPOWER O twice without pressingthe brake pedal. The propulsionsystem will not restart in any otherposition.

Forced Engine On

Some vehicle conditions that forcethe engine to run:

. There are cold ambienttemperatures.

. The hood is open or notcompletely latched while thevehicle is not in N (Neutral).

. The high voltage battery has alow charge.

. The engine needs to run formaintenance.

See Maintenance Modes 0 183.

A chime will sound if the driver dooris opened while the vehicle is in ON/RUN. Always press POWER O toturn the vehicle off before exiting.

Stopping Procedure

For information on how to turn thevehicle off, see Power Button 0 175.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)The following features will operatefor up to 10 minutes or until thedriver door is opened:

. Audio System

. Accessory Power Outlets

Power windows will operate for upto 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 188.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by pushing the leverall the way toward the front ofthe vehicle.




Leaving the Vehicle with thePropulsion System On

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the propulsionsystem running. It could overheatand catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 177.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe propulsion system on, be surethe vehicle is in P (Park) and the

parking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal. See ifyou can move the shift lever awayfrom P (Park) without first pulling ittoward you. If you can, it means thatthe shift lever was not fully lockedinto P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in the electric driveunit. This happens when parking ona hill and shifting the electric driveunit into P (Park) is not doneproperly and then it is difficult toshift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park).

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkTo shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN, the brakepedal must be applied, and thecharge cord must be unplugged.

The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. The shift lockrelease is designed to:

. Prevent the vehicle from turningoff unless the shift lever is inP (Park).

. Prevent moving the shift leverout of P (Park), unless thevehicle is in ON/RUN, the brakepedal is applied, and the chargecord is unplugged.

Parking the vehicle in extreme coldfor several days without the chargecord connected may cause theelectric drive unit to be locked inP (Park) until the propulsion systemhas warmed sufficiently.

The shift lock is always functionalexcept in the case of an unchargedor low charged 12-volt battery (lessthan 9 volts).



If the vehicle has an uncharged12-volt battery or a 12-volt batterywith low voltage, try charging orjump starting the 12-volt battery.See Battery - North America 0 256or Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 305.

If the shift lever cannot be movedout of P (Park):

1. Apply and maintain the regularbrakes.

2. Turn the vehicle on usingPOWER O. See PowerButton 0 175.

3. Let up on the shift lever andmake sure the shift lever ispushed all the way intoP (Park).

4. Press the shift lever button.

5. Move the shift lever into thedesired gear.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), see your dealeror a professional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Electric VehicleOperating Modes

System OperationThis vehicle is an Extended RangeElectric Vehicle (EREV). It uses anelectric propulsion system to drivethe vehicle at all times. Electricity isthe vehicle's primary source ofenergy, while gasoline is thesecondary source.

The vehicle has two modes ofoperation: Electric and ExtendedRange. In Electric Mode, the vehicleis propelled by its electric drive unitonly. It converts electrical energyinto mechanical energy to drive thewheels. In Extended Range Mode,both the battery and the enginepower the vehicle. The vehicle'sperformance remains nearly thesame in either mode. See Drivingfor Better Energy Efficiency 0 26.



Electric ModeIn Electric Mode, the vehicle doesnot use fuel or produce tailpipeemissions. During this primarymode, the vehicle is powered byelectrical energy stored in the highvoltage battery. The vehicle canoperate in this mode until thebattery has reached a low charge.

There are some conditions when thebattery charge is high enough toprovide Electric Mode operation, butthe engine still runs. They are:

. Cold ambient temperatures.

. Hot or cold high voltage batterytemperatures.

. The hood being open or notcompletely closed and latched.

. Certain high voltage battery faultconditions.

. Engine Maintenance Mode orFuel Maintenance Modebeing run.

Extended Range ModeWhen the vehicle reaches the endof its electric range, it switches toExtended Range Mode (ERM). Inthis secondary mode, electricity isproduced by the fuel-poweredengine. This secondary source ofelectric power extends the vehiclerange. Operation will continue inERM until the vehicle can beplugged in to recharge the highvoltage battery and restoreElectric Mode.

The high voltage battery willcontinue to provide some power andwork together with the engine toprovide peak performance when it isrequired, such as driving up a steepincline or for high accelerationmaneuvers. The battery will not becharged nor will electric vehiclerange be restored by the engine.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, when the hood isopen and the vehicle is moving atlow speed or stopped, the enginewill run without turning off if thevehicle is on, except when theelectric drive unit is in N (Neutral).The engine will turn off or remain offat low vehicle speed in N (Neutral).The high voltage battery is notcharged when this occurs. Underthese conditions, the high voltagebattery can still be dischargedbased on the vehicle loads such asA/C, or 12-volt loads.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, if there is a highvoltage battery fault, the engine mayrun without turning off to generateneeded electricity. The malfunctionindicator lamp will turn on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp (CheckEngine Light) 0 109.



Driver Selected OperatingModesWhile driving in Electric or ExtendedRange Mode, additional operatingmodes can be selected.

Press MODE to display selectabledrive modes in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Continuepressing to scroll through themodes.

Highlight either the Sport, Mountain,or Hold Mode, then release MODE.After three seconds, the new drivemode will become active.

Pressing MODE again will return toNormal Mode, and it will becomeactive after three seconds.

During some conditions, certaindrive modes may be unavailable.The unavailable mode is grayed outin the DIC menu and cannot beselected.

If in Sport, Mountain, or Hold Mode,the mode may become unavailableand the vehicle will return to Normal

Mode. The indicator light goes offand a DIC message displays. SeePropulsion Power Messages 0 138.

The vehicle will stay in NormalMode at the next restart.

Sport Mode

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode, but can reduceefficiency. Use Normal Modewhenever possible.

Press MODE to select Sport Mode.

Press MODE again to return toNormal Mode and it becomes activeafter three seconds.



Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode.

Mountain Mode

Mountain Mode should be selectedat the beginning of a trip beforeclimbing steep, uphill grades andwhen expecting to drive in very hillyor mountainous terrain. This modemaintains a reserve electricalcharge of the high voltage battery toprovide better grade climbingperformance. While driving inMountain Mode, the vehicle willhave less responsive acceleration.

Mountain Mode will not changenormal vehicle braking performancefor steep downhill grades. See Hilland Mountain Roads 0 169 andElectric Drive Unit 0 186.

Press MODE to select MountainMode. If steep hill driving isexpected, it is recommended toselect Mountain Mode at least20 minutes before driving on steepgrades. This will allow the vehicletime to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve.

If Mountain Mode is not selected forthese conditions, propulsion powermay be reduced and the enginespeed may increase. SeePropulsion Power Messages 0 138.

The engine may run when MountainMode is selected, depending on thehigh voltage battery charge, to buildreserve battery charge for uphillclimbs. If Mountain Mode is enteredwith a sufficient battery chargereserve, the battery charge reservewill appear grayed out and anybattery charge reserve still unusedupon exiting Mountain Mode willreturn to normal appearance.

Press Mode again to return toNormal Mode and it becomes activeafter three seconds.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode tomaintain a smaller battery chargereserve for normal driving.

Hold Mode

Use Hold Mode on a trip where it isexpected that all of the electriccharge will be depleted. Use HoldMode mainly during highway or highspeed driving to maximize both EVmiles and fuel efficiency.



Hold Mode is only available whenthe vehicle is in Electric Mode. Thismode places the remaining batterycharge into a reserve for the driverto use as desired. Selecting thismode transitions the vehicle toExtended Range Mode to maintainthe battery charge reserve.

Upon exiting Hold Mode, thereserved battery charge becomesavailable again and the vehiclereturns to Electric Mode. If thetransition is from Hold Mode directlyto Mountain Mode, the electricrange displayed adjusts for theMountain Mode charge reserve.

Hold Mode will not change normalvehicle acceleration or brakingperformance.

Press MODE to select Hold Mode.

Press MODE again to return toNormal Mode and it becomes activeafter three seconds.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode.

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailableIf the vehicle runs out of fuel, or theengine will not start due to amalfunction, the vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the current charge isdepleted. The vehicle will have lessresponsive acceleration. DICmessages indicate reducedpropulsion power, that the engine isnot available, and the need for fuelor service.

Once the vehicle is refueled, or themalfunction is corrected, the enginewill start the next time the vehicle isturned on to perform a self test, andDIC messages will not be displayed.Once the engine starts successfully,normal operation will continue ineither Electric or Extended RangeMode. The engine may stop runningafter the self test is completed,based on the current mode ofoperation. See Fuel SystemMessages 0 135 and ServiceVehicle Messages 0 139.

Maintenance ModesEngine Maintenance Mode (EMM)

EMM runs the engine to keep it ingood working condition afterapproximately six weeks of no orvery limited engine operation. EMMwill force the engine to run, even ifthere is a charge to power thevehicle.

When EMM is needed, the EMMRequest screen appears on thecenter stack display at vehicle start.

If Yes is selected, EMM will begin.The engine will not start until after ashort delay once shifted intoD (Drive). The engine will run for aset amount of time without turning



off. During EMM, a DIC messagedisplays to show theEMM percentage complete.

If No is selected, the EMM Requestscreen will appear when the vehicleis next started. The EMM requestcan be delayed for up to one day.

If the EMM request was delayed forone day, EMM will automaticallystart the engine at the next vehiclestart. The engine will not start untilafter a short delay once shifted intoD (Drive).

An EMM Notification screen willappear in the center stack display.

If the vehicle is shut off during EMM,it will restart the next time thevehicle is driven.

A message displays to indicate thatEMM is active.

If EMM is required and the fuel levelis low, EMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 138.

Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)

FMM tracks average fuel age. Oldfuel can cause engine problems.If low engine usage causes averagefuel age to exceed approximatelyone year, FMM will run the engine touse up the old fuel. The engine willrun until enough fresh fuel is addedto bring the average fuel age into anacceptable range. Allowing more old

fuel to be used up by FMM andadding a larger amount of fresh fuelwill maximize the length of timebefore another fuel maintenancemode is needed. During FMM theengine may turn on and off.

When FMM is needed, the FMMRequest screen appears on thecenter stack display at vehicle start.

If Yes is selected, FMM will begin.The engine will not start until after ashort delay once shifted intoD (Drive). FMM will automaticallycontinue at each vehicle start untilfresh fuel is added.

If No is selected, the FMM Requestscreen will appear when the vehicleis next started. The FMM requestcan be delayed for only one day.



If the FMM request was delayed forone day, FMM will start at the nextvehicle start and display the FMMNotification screen on the centerstack display. The engine will notstart until after a short delay onceshifted into D (Drive).

If FMM is required and the fuel levelis low, FMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 138. After FMM hasrun it is recommended to fill thefuel tank.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The engine is running inExtended Range Mode inareas with poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,or deep snow that mayblock underbody airflow ortail pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park with the enginerunning in Extended Range Modein an enclosed area such as agarage or a building that has nofresh air ventilation.



Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with thepropulsion system running.

If the vehicle is left with thepropulsion system running,follow the proper steps to be surethe vehicle will not move. SeeShifting Into Park 0 177 and EngineExhaust 0 185.

Electric Drive UnitThe vehicle uses an electricdrive unit.

P : This position locks the frontwheels. It is the best position to usewhen starting the propulsion systembecause the vehicle cannot moveeasily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 177.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting thepropulsion system. The vehicle hasan electric drive unit shift lockcontrol system. The regular brakemust be fully applied first and thenthe shift lever button pressed beforeshifting from P (Park) when thevehicle is in ON/RUN. If you cannotshift out of P (Park), ease pressure



on the shift lever, then push the shiftlever all the way into P (Park) asyou maintain brake application.Then press the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever intoanother gear. See Shifting out ofPark 0 178.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the electric drive unit.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the electric drive unit, seeIf the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 171.

N : In this position, the propulsionsystem does not provide power tothe wheels. The high voltage batteryis neither charged or dischargedwhen in N (Neutral) at low vehiclespeeds.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If more power is neededfor passing, press the acceleratorpedal to gain the desiredacceleration

Caution

If the vehicle seems to accelerateslowly or not respond when yougo faster, and you continue todrive the vehicle that way, youcould damage the electric driveunit. Have the vehicle servicedright away.

L : This position reduces vehiclespeed without using the brakes. UseL (Low) on very steep hills, in deepsnow, in mud, or in stop-and-gotraffic.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the electric driveunit. The repair will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If you are stuck, do not spin thetires. When stopping on a hill, usethe brakes to hold the vehicle inplace.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When propulsion is active and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor orclicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it mighteven be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 112.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking to

avoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the vehicleis off.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 111 andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 112. There are also parkingbrake-related Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages. See BrakeSystem Messages 0 133. In case ofinsufficient electrical power, the EPBcannot be applied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Pull the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 111.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light is on,see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the vehicle in ON/RUN.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push momentarily on the EPBswitch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.



Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)The HSA feature will activate whenthe vehicle is stopped on amoderate to steep grade to helpprevent it from rolling in anunintended direction. After the brakepedal has been released and beforethe accelerator pedal has beenpressed, HSA uses brakingpressure to hold the vehicle

stationary. If HSA is holding thevehicle, a DIC message displays.HSA will not activate in a forwarddrive gear when facing downhill,or in R (Reverse) when facing uphill.

Extended Hill StartAssist (EHSA)

Select the duration of the HSAfeature on the center stacktouchscreen by choosing thesubmenu for Hill Start Assist orExtended Hill Start Assist (EHSA).See “Extended Hill Start Assist"under “Comfort and Convenience” inVehicle Personalization 0 141.When Standard Hold is selected,the vehicle is held stationary for upto two seconds after the brake pedalis released. When Extended Hold isselected, the vehicle is heldstationary for up to five minutesafter the brake pedal is released. Ineither case, override the holdfeature by pressing the acceleratorpedal and attempting to drive away.

If Hill Start Assist is selected in theSettings menu, it will hold thevehicle for two seconds unless thedriver door is opened or the driver

safety belt is unbuckled afterreleasing the brake pedal.If Extended Hill Start Assist isselected, it will hold the vehicle forfive minutes unless the driver dooris opened and the driver safety beltis unbuckled prior to releasing thebrake pedal. When EHSA isdeactivated after five minutes, or if itis deactivated when the driversafety belt is unlatched or the driverdoor is opened, the Electric ParkingBrake will engage to prevent vehiclemovement.

Regenerative BrakingSome braking energy from themoving vehicle is turned back intoelectrical energy. This energy isthen stored back into the highvoltage battery system, increasingenergy efficiency.

The hydraulic disc brakes work withthe regenerative braking to ensureeffective braking, such as when ahigh braking demand is requested.



The controller interprets the brakingrequest and uses regenerativebraking, conventional hydraulicbraking, or a combination of both asnecessary.

The brake controller applies thehydraulic brakes using a pump. Thepump may be heard during somebraking, such as rapid applies. Thisis normal.

See Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators 0 101 and DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 130.If there is a controller problem, thebrake pedal may be harder to pushand the stopping distance may belonger.

Regen on Demand®

Regen on Demand allows increaseddeceleration by pressing andholding the steering wheel paddle.It works in D (Drive) and L (Low).The accelerator pedal must be fullyreleased for it to work.

The brake pedal must be applied atlow speed, because Regen onDemand will not bring the car to afull stop.

Cruise control will turn off, and thebrake lights may come on, whenthis feature is activated.

The brake controller applies thehydraulic brakes using a pump. Youmay hear the pump during somebraking maneuvers, such as rapidbrake applies or while replacing anyregenerative brake torque as thevehicle comes to a stop. This isnormal operation.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and an ElectronicStability Control system calledStabiliTrak. These systems helplimit wheel slip and assist the driverin maintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are slipping orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any of thevehicle wheel brakes to help assistthe driver in keeping the vehicle onthe intended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 171and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.



Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.The appropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 138. To turn TCS onagain, press and release g. TheTraction Off light i displayed in theinstrument cluster will turn off.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold g until the Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak Off lightg come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. The appropriateDIC message is displayed. SeeRide Control System Messages0 138. To turn TCS and StabiliTrakon again, press and release g. TheTraction Off light i and StabiliTrak

Off light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 237.

Driver Mode ControlThere are four operating modes thatcan be selected while driving inElectric or Extended Range Mode.The four modes are Normal, Sport,Mountain, and Hold.

Pressing MODE will display theselectable drive modes in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeDriver Selected Operating Modes0 181 for information on modeoperation.



Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or Electronic Stability Control(ESC), the system may begin tolimit wheel spin while you are usingcruise control. If this happens, thecruise control will automatically

disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 192.If a collision alert occurs whencruise control is activated, cruisecontrol is disengaged. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 208.When road conditions allow you tosafely use it again, cruise controlcan be turned back on.

If the brakes or the Regen onDemand paddle are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, -SET or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release -SET. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.



4. Remove foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 101.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press +RES. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES on thesteering wheel until the vehicleaccelerates to the desiredspeed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallincrements, briefly press +RES.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 101.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold -SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, briefly press -SET.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 101.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing -SET will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down.

If a lower gear is being used whilegoing downhill, this causes thevehicle to have improved control ofvehicle speed by using acombination of engine and



regenerative braking depending onvehicle conditions. At times youmight have to apply the brakes tokeep your speed down. If the brakepedal is applied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are five ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the electric drive unit toN (Neutral).

. Press5 to turn the cruisecontrol system off completely.

. Press the Regen on Demandpaddles.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the vehicle is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows you toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 351.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak systemactivates, the ACC mayautomatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 192. When road

conditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak system is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 166.



{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detecta vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

5 : Press to turn the system on oroff. A white cruise control indicatorcomes on in the instrument cluster.

+RES : Press briefly to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To increase speed by1 km/h (1 mph), briefly press +RES.To increase speed to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press and hold +RES,then release.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate ACC or todecrease vehicle speed if ACC isalready activated. To decrease

speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), brieflypress SET−. To decrease speed tothe next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer, press and hold SET−,then release.

* : Press to disengage ACCwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If ACC is on when not in use, 5could get pressed and ACC couldbecome active when not desired.Keep ACC off when it is notbeing used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (15 MPH), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.



To set ACC:

1. Press5.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release -SET.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays in theinstrument cluster. When the ACC isactive, the indicator turns green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, brieflypress +RES. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press -SET.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Cruise ControlMessages 0 133.

. Press and hold +RES until thedesired set speed appears onthe display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES. For each press, thevehicle goes 1 km/h or (1 mph)faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press andhold +RES, then release. Foreach press, the vehicle goes5km/h or (5 mph) faster.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead inside the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. Press -SETand release the acceleratorpedal. The vehicle will nowcruise at the lower speed.



. Press and hold -SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, briefly press-SET. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h or(1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press andhold -SET, then release. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 5 km/h or (5 mph) slower.

Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Whenpressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster. Subsequent presses cyclethe gap button through three

settings: Far, Medium, or Near. Thegap setting will be maintained until itis changed.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 208.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, eightbeeps will sound from the front.

See Defensive Driving 0 166.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster.

The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at the



selected following gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your complete

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

attention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak system hasactivated or been disabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

The ACC active indicator will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a following gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle aheadindicator will flash as a reminder tocheck traffic before proceeding. Inaddition, three beeps will sound.See “Go Notifier” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press +RES or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver safety belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle. TheElectric Parking Brake status lightwill turn on. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 188. To release the EPB,press the accelerator pedal.



A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeCruise Control Messages 0 133.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a warning messageon the DIC will indicate thatautomatic braking will not occur.See Cruise Control Messages0 133. ACC will resume operationwhen the accelerator pedal is notbeing pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.



When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadindicator will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

There are four ways to end ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press5.



. Press the Regen on Demandpaddle.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror and the radar sensors on thefront of the vehicle can becomeblocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.These areas need to be cleaned forACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 314.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See DefensiveDriving 0 166.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.



Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA), RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA), andAutomatic Parking Assist (APA) mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press a

button on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

Press MENU to adjust the displaybrightness while viewing the rearcamera display.

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show that RPAhas detected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer theobject.



{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds ofless than 8 km/h (5 mph) thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 1.8 m (6 ft) behind thevehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of thevehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)high off the ground and belowbumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter during

warmer or humid weather. Blockedsensors will not detect objects andcan also cause false detections.Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush; and cleansensors after a car wash in freezingtemperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA, and onsome vehicles, FPA. As the objectgets closer, more bars light up andthe bars change color from yellow toamber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object isvery close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the front or rear depending onobject location. Beeps for FPA arehigher pitched than for RPA.



Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse), RCTAdisplays a red warning triangle witha left or right pointing arrow on theRVC screen to warn of trafficcoming from the left or right. Thissystem detects objects coming fromup to 20 m (65 ft) from the left orright side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, three beepssound from the left or right,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button on the centerconsole is used to turn on or off theFront and Rear Parking Assist andthe Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).The indicator light in the buttoncomes on when the features are onand turns off when the featureshave been disabled.

RCTA can also be turned offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 141.

To turn the RPA symbols orguidance lines on or off, see “RearCamera” under VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel andperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gears,and control the brakes andaccelerator. The Driver InformationCenter (DIC) and audible beepshelp to guide parking maneuvers.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes.APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that aresoft or narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,or objects below ground levelsuch as large potholes. Alwaysverify that the parking space isappropriate for parking a vehicle.APA does not respond to changes

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

in the parking space, such asmovement of an adjacent vehicle,or a person or object entering theparking space. APA does notdetect or avoid traffic that isbehind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared tostop the vehicle during theparking maneuver.

PressO on the center console toenable the system to search for aparking space that is large enoughand within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle.The vehicle speed must be below30 km/h (18 mph).

The system cannot:

. Detect whether it is a legalparking space.

. Park exactly lined up with thevehicle next to it if the spot isapproached at an angle or if theparking space is angled.

. Park exactly centered in a spotthat is marked too large.



. Always detect short curbs.

If the vehicle is equipped withperpendicular parking mode, pressand holdO during the searchprocess to switch the APA parkingmode between perpendicular andparallel parking.

APA searches for parking spaces tothe right of the vehicle. To search fora parking space to the left, turn onthe left turn signal.

After completely passing a largeenough space bordered by twovehicles or other objects, an audiblebeep occurs and a red symboldisplays in the DIC.

APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the instructions in the DIC.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steeringwheel will briefly vibrate as areminder to remove hands from thesteering wheel. Check surroundingsand continue braking or acceleratingas needed, and be prepared to stopto avoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because thesystem is maneuvering the vehicleinto a previously detected space.The APA system does not needservice.

If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged and automatic steeringwill turn off. A DIC progress arrowdisplays the status of the parkingmaneuver. Depending on the spacesize, additional maneuvers may berequired, and there will be additionalinstructions. When changing gears,allow the automatic steering tocomplete before continuing theparking maneuver. Upon successfulcompletion of a maneuver, APA willbeep and display a PARKINGCOMPLETE message. Place thevehicle in P (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used bythe driver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic Stability Control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle messageis displayed in the DIC.



To cancel APA, pressO again.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), and/or the ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) can help toavoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 166.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occur

more rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and the

Tailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timings may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Following Distance Indication

The distance to a moving vehiclethat you are following is shown inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 130. Theminimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.



Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe rearview mirror, and cleaning thefront of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correctthe issue.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has FAB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This front automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCA

vehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

undesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. Seethe “Auto Collision Preparation”information in “Collision/DetectionSystems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activated

and a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changing

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

lanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone is

approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 141.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers). During a trip, the LCA



system is not operational until thevehicle first reaches a speed of24 km/h (15 mph).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. LCA may alertto objects attached to the vehicle,such as a bicycle or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. Attached objects may alsointerfere with the detection ofvehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaning

instructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 314.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

When LCA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Lane Change Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information


Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide a

warning if the vehicle is crossing adetected lane marking without usinga turn signal in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a turn signalin that direction. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).



{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they arenot in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA on slippery roadscould cause loss of control of thevehicle and a crash. Turn thesystem off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amberas the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there will be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheelto dismiss.



When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Charging

Plug-In ChargingThis section explains the chargingof the vehicle's high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain inextreme temperatures for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. Plug the vehicle in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F)and above 32 °C (90 °F) tomaximize the life of the high voltagebattery.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately13 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 12 amp AC current setting or19 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately 4.5 hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. There arethree ways to program how thevehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 119.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turned

off. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle isparked. Select the appropriatecharge level using the ChargeLimit Preference screen on thecenter stack. See “ChargeLimit Selection” underProgrammable Charging 0 119.Turn the vehicle off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.



3. Open the rear hatch. Open theleft storage compartment doorand remove the charge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging 0 229. Verify thecharge cord status. SeeCharge Cord 0 222.

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Verify thatthe charging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and anaudible beep occurs. SeeCharging StatusFeedback 0 217.

6. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter. To disable thisfeature, see “Charge CordTheft Alert” in VehiclePersonalization 0 141.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter to disarm thecharge cord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.



Delayed ChargingOverrideTo temporarily override a delayedcharge event, unplug the chargecord from the charge port and thenplug it back in within five seconds.A single audible beep will soundand charging will begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override,unplug the charge cord, wait for10 seconds, and then plug thecharge cord back in. A doubleaudible beep will sound andcharging will be delayed.

See Programmable Charging 0 119for advanced charge schedulingoptions.

Charging StatusFeedback

The vehicle has a Charging StatusIndicator (CSI) at the center of theinstrument panel near thewindshield. When the vehicle isplugged in and the vehicle power isoff, the CSI indicates the following:

. Short Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Flash rate increasesfrom one to four flashes asbattery charges.

. Long Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Battery charging isdelayed.

. Solid Green – Vehicle is pluggedin. Battery is fully charged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is pluggedin. It is normal for the CSI to turnyellow for a few seconds afterplugging in a compatible chargecord. The solid yellow may beextended depending on thevehicle and if there is a totalutility interruption via OnStar.See Utility Interruption ofCharging 0 228. This may alsoindicate that the chargingsystem has detected a fault andwill not charge the battery. See“Charge Cord Status Indicators”in Charge Cord 0 222.



If the vehicle is plugged in andvehicle power is on, the CSI willflash or will be solid green,depending on the charge level. Thisalso happens during a remote startif the vehicle is plugged in.

If the vehicle is plugged in and theCSI is off, a total utility interruptionusing OnStar or a charging fault hasbeen detected. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 228 or“Charge Cord Status Indicators” inCharge Cord 0 222. If equipped, the charge port bezel

light acts as an additional CSI whenthe vehicle is plugged in andcharging. It will flash along withthe CSI on the instrument panel.

When the charge port door is openand the vehicle is not plugged in,the bezel light stays on solid to lightthe charging receptacle.

A message displays if the vehicle isnot able to charge.

Following is the vehicle feedbackwhen the charge cord is plugged in.



Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

Short Flashing Green(Flash rate increasesfrom one to four as thebattery charges)

One audible beep Charging has begun.

Long Flashing Green Two audible beeps Charging is delayed by ProgrammableCharging or, if the vehicle is equippedaccordingly, by a total utility interruption viaOnStar. Charging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 228.

Solid Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and the vehicle is notyet charging.

Yellow (For ExtendedTime Period afterPlug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle is notcharging. This may be due to a total utilityinterruption via Onstar and charging willbegin later. This may also occur if thevehicle has detected a high voltagecharging system fault. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 228 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 109.




Sound Action/Reason

Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level)

Two audible beeps Vehicle is charging but will pause/delay atleast once before the charge is complete.

Short Flashing Green(From one to fourflashes depending oncharge level) or LongFlashing Green

Four audible beeps Insufficient time to fully charge by departuretime due to the selected rate preference.To increase the battery state of charge atthe departure time perform a delayedcharging override. See Delayed ChargingOverride 0 217.

None (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord connection should be checked.

None (After Green orYellow CSI IndicationObserved)

None Charge cord connection should be checked.If connection is good, this may be due to apower failure or a total utility interruption viaOnStar and charging will begin later. Thismay also occur if the vehicle has detected ahigh voltage charging system fault. SeeUtility Interruption of Charging 0 228 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 109.




Sound Action/Reason

None Repeated audible beepsTo disable this feature, see “Charge PowerLoss Alert” in Vehicle Person-alization 0 141.To stop this alert, do one of the following:

. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKEtransmitter, then press again to stop thepanic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Electricity has been interrupted beforecharging was complete. Repeated beepswill stop if power is restored within90 seconds.

None Three audible beeps Charge port door is open.



Charge CordIMPORTANT SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

This symbol means Warning: Riskof electrical shock.


A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored in the left storagecompartment in the rear cargo area.

1. Wall Plug2. Status Indicators3. Vehicle Plug4. Release Button

Important Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging


. Before plugging into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system for heavy-dutyservice at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or may bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.


. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweatherproof.




{ Danger






{ Warning

When using electric products,basic precautions should alwaysbe followed, including thefollowing:

. Read all the safety warningsand instructions beforeusing this product. Failure tofollow the warnings and theinstructions may result inelectric shock, fire, and/orserious injury.

. Never leave childrenunattended near the vehiclewhile the vehicle is chargingand never allow children toplay with the charge cord.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. If the plug provided doesnot fit the electrical outlet,do not modify the plug.Arrange for a qualifiedelectrician to inspect theelectrical outlet.

. Do not put fingers into theelectric vehicle connector.



Caution

. To reduce the risk of fire,installations shall complywith the requirements ofNational Electric Code,ANSI/NFPA 70 (USA),Canadian Electrical CodeCSA 22.1 and IEC 60364 –Electrical installations inbuildings, depending on theregion in which the unit isbeing installed. The installershall comply with anyadditional localrequirements mandated bythe country and/ormunicipality.

. Do not use this product ifthe flexible power cord orthe electric vehicle cable isfrayed, has brokeninsulation, or shows anyother signs of damage.

. For Canada only: Not foruse in commercial garages.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Do not use this product ifthe enclosure or the vehicleplug is broken, cracked,open, or shows any otherindication of damage.

. The plug must be pluggedinto an appropriate electricaloutlet that is properlyinstalled in accordance withall local codes andordinances. Do not modifythe plug provided with theproduct. If the plug does notfit the electrical outlet, havea proper electrical outletinstalled by a qualifiedelectrician. If ground ismissing, the charge cordindicators will indicate anelectrical system fault andthe vehicle may not charge.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

After plugging in the charge cord, itwill perform a quick self test.

Verify the charge cord status.When theO indicator is lit solidgreen, the charge cord is ready tocharge the vehicle.

The charge cord utilizes acombination of theO andPindicators to display the status ofthe charge cord per the followingtable.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

O

Solid Green(

Off (No Light) @No faults: The charge cord is receiving power from theelectrical outlet and is ready to supply it to the vehicle.

n

Flashing GreenO

Solid RedR p b

Electrical Outlet/Plug Fault: The charge cord has detectedthat the electrical outlet/plug overheated. Electrical outletsmay wear out with normal usage or be damaged over time,making them unsuitable for electric vehicle charging. Do notuse an electrical outlet that is worn, damaged, or one thatwill not hold the plug firmly in place. Use another electricaloutlet or have the electrical outlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician. Reset the charge cord by unplugging the chargecord from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it.

(

Off (No Light)O

Solid RedR o

Electrical System Fault: The charge cord has detected amissing or improper ground within the building's electricalsystem. Do not use an electrical outlet that is not properlygrounded. Use another electrical outlet or have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify the building's electrical system.

(

Off (No Light)n

Flashing RedRb

Vehicle Fault: The charge cord ground-fault circuit interrupter(GFCI) has tripped. Ensure that there is no physical damageto the charge cord, and that the vehicle plug is seatedcompletely and making a good connection. Reset the chargecord by unplugging from the electrical outlet and re-pluggingit. If the fault remains, see an authorized dealer for service.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

O

Solid Greenn

Flashing Red R m

Charge Cord Fault: The charge cord has detected a potentialproblem with the charge cord. Reset the charge cord byunplugging from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it. If thefault remains, see an authorized dealer for service.

If no status indicators are lit, ensurethe electrical outlet is powered.

Charge Limit Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Limit Preferencescreen on the center stack. See“Charge Limit Selection” underProgrammable Charging 0 119.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

electrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

Grounding Instructions

This product must be grounded.If this product should malfunction orbreak down, grounding provides apath of least resistance for electriccurrent to reduce the risk of electricshock. This product is equipped witha cord that has an equipmentgrounding conductor and agrounding plug. The plug must beplugged into an appropriate outlet

that is properly installed andgrounded in accordance with alllocal codes and ordinances.

{ Warning

Improper connection of thecharge cord ground may causeelectrical shock. Check with aqualified electrician if there isdoubt as to whether the product isproperly grounded. Do not modifythe plug provided with theproduct. If it will not fit theelectrical outlet, have a properelectrical outlet installed by aqualified electrician.



Mounting Instructions

1. Identify an appropriate locationfor the charge cord.

2. Locate a mounting support,such as a wall stud.

The appropriate height formounting the charge cord is91 cm (36 in) from the floor.

3. Mark and drill the mountingholes in a wall stud or suitablestructure. Stay away from anypower source.

Space the holes 18.7 cm (7 3/8 in) apart.

4. Install the mounting screws inthe wall surface leaving thehead of the screws 5 mm (3/16 in) from the surface.

5. Securely mount the chargecord on to the screws.

6. Connect the wall plug to theelectrical outlet.

7. Connect the vehicle plug to thecharge port.



Lock Feature

A lock can be added to the vehicleplug for additional security.

FCC Notice

This unit has systems that operateon a radio frequency that complieswith Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with ICES-003E ofIndustry Canada.

FCC rules, ICES-003E of IndustryCanada, and EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

. The device may not causeinterference.

. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Utility Interruption ofChargingIf using AC charging, this vehiclewill respond to remote requeststhrough OnStar to limit orcompletely block electrical powergrid usage for brief time periods.A utility interruption of charging mayincrease AC vehicle charge times.

When electrical grid power iscompletely blocked, the vehicle willdelay charging until the utilityinterruption has expired. The vehicleshould be left plugged in so that thevehicle can automatically begincharging.

Changing the charge mode toImmediate or performing a delayedcharging override will not disable autility interruption.

A pop-up will appear in the centerstack display during the key cyclefollowing any utility interruption. See“Charging Interrupted or OverriddenPop-Up” under ProgrammableCharging 0 119.

A message will display on theinstrument cluster indicating that autility interruption has occurred. SeeInstrument Cluster 0 101.

Charging StationTroubleshooting

If the vehicle does not charge afterbeing plugged in to a residential240-volt charging station:

1. Verify that the charge mode isset to Immediate.

2. Verify that the chargingstation’s circuit breaker has notbeen tripped.



3. Plug the portable charge cordinto the wall outlet, verify thatthe indicator light on the chargecord is solid green, andconnect it to the vehicle. See“Charge Cord StatusIndicators” in ChargeCord 0 222.

4. If the vehicle charges with theportable charge cord, theremay be a problem with thecharging station. Try to chargethe vehicle with a different240-volt charging station, suchas a public station. If bothattempts charge the vehicle,contact the charging stationmanufacturer.

Electrical Requirementsfor Battery ChargingThis vehicle is capable of beingcharged with most standard vehiclecharging equipment complying withone or more of the following:

. SAE J1772

. SAE J2847-2

. IEC 61851-1

. IEC 61851-22

. IEC 61851-23

. IEC 61851-24

. IEC 62196-1

. IEC 62196-2

. IEC 62196-3

. ISO 15118

. GB/T 18487.1

. GB/T 20234.1

. GB/T 20234.2

The following are the minimumrequirements for circuits used tocharge this vehicle:

. 120 volts/15 amps

. 240 volts/20 amps

Charging equipment with a rating ofat least 240 volts/20 amps willprovide the fastest charging timeand best charging efficiency torecharge the high voltage battery.240 volt/40 amp circuits provideflexibility for future vehicle chargingneeds. Always follow the chargingequipment installation instructions.Contact your dealer for moreinformation.

Caution

Do not use portable or stationarybackup generating equipment tocharge the vehicle. This maycause damage to the vehicle'scharging system. Only charge thevehicle from utility suppliedpower.



FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine cleaner and reduceengine deposits. Seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with a

posted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16 – 50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and the



vehicle may not pass a smog-checktest. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 109.If this occurs, return to yourauthorized dealer for diagnosis. If itis determined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see “ProhibitedFuels” in Fuel 0 230.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 230.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the only

gasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:



1. Press the fuel door button onthe driver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fueldoor on the passenger side willunlock. To open the fuel door,push and release the rearwardcenter edge of the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door.Complete refueling within30 minutes of pressing the fueldoor button on the driver door.If refueling after more than30 minutes, press the fuel doorbutton again.

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise untilit clicks. Close the fuel door.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 314.



{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 109.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer or anothervehicle.

For information on towing a disabledvehicle, see Towing the Vehicle0 311. For information on towing thevehicle behind another vehicle suchas a motor home, see RecreationalVehicle Towing 0 312.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light)0 109. A device connected to theDLC — such as an aftermarketfleet or driver-behavior trackingdevice — may interfere withvehicle systems. This could affectvehicle operation and cause acrash. Such devices may alsoaccess information stored in thevehicle’s systems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

When adding electrical equipment, itshould only be connected using theaccessory power outlets. Themaximum power that can besupplied by one accessory poweroutlet, or spread across all poweroutlets, is 200 watts or 15 amps.Exceeding 200 watts or 15 ampsmay cause erratic vehicle operation.See Power Outlets 0 99.


Vehicle Care 235

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 236California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 236

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 245Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 246Cooling System (Engine) . . . . . 248Cooling System (High VoltageBattery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 253Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Battery - North America . . . . . . 256Electric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check . . . . . 258

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 258

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 258

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 261Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Electrical System Overload . . . 262Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 273Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 289Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293


236 Vehicle Care

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 304

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, as well as manyof its service parts and fluids,

contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 256and Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 305.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.


Vehicle Care 237

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 74.

Lifting the VehicleUse only a hoist or a service jack tolift the vehicle. Do not use any othertype of jack.

Lifting the Vehicle with a Hoist

To hoist lift, look for the four cutoutareas on the body flange.

Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thewarranty.

1. Front Lifting Points2. Rear Lifting Points

Access the front lifting points (1) justbehind the front tires.

Access the rear lifting points (2) justin front of the rear tires

The hoist arm pad and jack standsmust be placed on this recessedarea of the flange.


238 Vehicle Care

Lifting the Vehicle with aService Jack

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle can cause aninjury. The vehicle can slip off thejack and roll over you or otherpeople. You and they could bebadly injured. Find a level placeto lift your vehicle. To helpprevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put the shift lever inP (Park).

3. Turn off the vehicle.

To be even more certain thevehicle will not move, put blocksin front of and behind the wheels.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle or the vehiclemay fall and cause injury to youor others.

When using a jack to lift the vehicle,follow the instructions that camewith the jack and be sure to use thecorrect lifting points to avoiddamaging the vehicle.

Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly cancause damage and result incostly repairs not covered by thewarranty. Lift the vehicle usingonly the lifting pads when liftingthe vehicle with a jack.

Use the lifting pads (1) to properlylift the vehicle with a service jack.


Vehicle Care 239

1. Lifting Pad2. Flange Cutout

Place the service jack on the liftingpad. There is a cutout on the flangeto identify the lifting pad.

For additional information, see yourdealer and the service manual.

For more information, see DoingYour Own Service Work 0 239.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage batterycomponents. You can be injuredand the vehicle can be damagedif you try to do your own servicework. Service and repair of thesehigh voltage battery componentsshould only be performed by atrained dealer technician with theproper knowledge and tools.


High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications OrderingInformation 0 350.


240 Vehicle Care

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Airbag SystemCheck 0 75.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 336.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Turn the vehicle off beforeopening the hood. If the vehicleis on, the engine will start whenthe hood is opened. SeeElectric Mode 0 180 andExtended Range Mode 0 180.

2. Pull the release handle withthis symbol. It is below theinstrument panel outboard ofthe steering wheel.

3. Go to the front of the vehicleand locate the secondaryrelease lever under the frontleft center of the hood. Pushthe secondary hood releaselever to the right to disengage.


Vehicle Care 241

4. Lift the hood and release thehood prop rod from its retainerabove the radiator support.Place the prop rod securelyinto the slot in the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, checkthat all filler caps are properlyinstalled. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on thehood prop.

2. Remove the hood prop fromthe slot in the hood and returnit to its retainer above theradiator support. The prop rodmust lock into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is firmlyclosed. Repeat the process ifnecessary.


242 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview


Vehicle Care 243

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under WasherFluid 0 253.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 246.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 243.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 243.

5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out ofView). See Cooling System(Engine) 0 248 or CoolingSystem (High Voltage Battery)0 248 or Cooling System(Power Electronics andCharger Modules) 0 249.

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 254.

7. Electric Drive Unit Fluid Cap.

8. High Voltage Battery CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine)0 248 or Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

9. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. See EngineCoolant 0 250.

10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 305.

11. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine)0 248 or Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 249.

12. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 263.

13. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 305.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 245.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.


244 Vehicle Care

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overview0 242 for the location of the engineoil dipstick.

Obtaining an accurate oil levelreading is essential:

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itwith a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in allthe way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 338.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 242 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.


Vehicle Care 245

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity gradeengine oil. SAE 0W-20 may be usedas an alternative.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,

or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.


246 Vehicle Care

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up totwo years. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery two years and, at this time,the system must be reset. Yourdealer has trained service peoplewho will perform this work and resetthe system. It is also important tocheck the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Select REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC menu.

2. Press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

3. 100% OIL LIFE will bedisplayed when the oil lifesystem is successfully reset.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUNwith the engine off.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle, seeEngine CompartmentOverview 0 242.

When to Inspect the Engine AirFilter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see MaintenanceSchedule 0 326.

How to Inspect the Engine AirFilter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine air


Vehicle Care 247

cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air filter:

1. Open the hood. SeeHood 0 240.

2. Locate the engine air cleaner/filter assembly on thepassenger side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 242.

3. Remove the five screws and liftthe air cleaner/filter cover fromthe air cleaner/filter housingassembly.

How to Reinstall the EngineAir Filter

1. Install the air filter into theengine air cleaner/filterassembly. The outer air filterseal must be fitted properly inthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly.

2. Replace the air cleaner/filtercover by lowering it to meet thebottom of the engine aircleaner/filter housing assembly.

3. Install the five screws to securethe air cleaner/filter cover tothe air cleaner/filter housingassembly.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.


248 Vehicle Care

Cooling System (Engine)

1. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

The electric fans under the hoodcan start up even when theengine is not running and cancause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should be up tothe cold fill line. If it is not, theremight be a leak at the radiatorhoses, heater hoses, radiator, waterpump, or somewhere else in thecooling system.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the vehicle if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if thecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fans

should be running. If it is not, thevehicle needs service. Turn off thevehicle.

Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery)During vehicle operation and alsoduring charging, the high voltagebattery cells in the vehicle are keptwithin a normal operatingtemperature range. If the highvoltage battery cell temperaturerises above the normal operatingtemperature range, the batterycooling system turns on the airconditioning compressor and coolsthe coolant until the correct batterycell temperature is reached. If thehigh voltage battery cell temperaturefalls below the normal operatingtemperature range, a high voltageheater, located in the battery, heatsthe coolant until the correct batterycell temperature is reached.

During high voltage battery systemcooling, you may feel temperaturechanges at the air vents due to theextra load on the system.


Vehicle Care 249

What to Use

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir in the vehicle is filled withGM Premix DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 334. If using thismixture, nothing else needs to beadded.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir is located in the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 242.

1. High Voltage BatteryCoolant Reservoir

2. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe high voltage battery coolantreservoir (1). If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is below the coldfill line on the side of the reservoir,there could be a leak in the coolingsystem.

The high voltage battery coolingsystem supports the operation ofsensitive electronics that are criticalto vehicle operation.

The high voltage battery coolingsystem should only be serviced by aqualified technician.

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules)The power electronics and chargermodules are cooled using the samecoolant loop.

The power electronics and chargermodules in the vehicle are keptbelow a maximum temperaturethreshold. If the coolant temperaturerises above this temperaturethreshold, the electric cooling fanswill turn on and cool the coolantuntil the correct temperature isreached.

What to Use

The power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir in thevehicle is filled with GM PremixDEX-COOL engine coolant. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334. If using thismixture, nothing else needs to beadded.


250 Vehicle Care

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.

Checking Coolant


The power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir is locatedin the engine compartment. SeeEngine CompartmentOverview 0 242.

1. High Voltage BatteryCoolant Reservoir

2. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe power electronics coolantreservoir (2). If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is below the coldfill line on the side of the reservoir,there could be a leak in the coolingsystem.

The power electronics coolingsystem supports the operation ofsensitive electronics.

The power electronics coolingsystem should only be serviced by aqualified technician.

Engine CoolantThe engine cooling system in thevehicle is filled with GM PremixDEX-COOL engine coolant. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334. The coolantrequires changing at certainintervals. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 326.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 253.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use GM PremixDEX-COOL coolant.


Vehicle Care 251

Use GM Premix DEX-COOL enginecoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much deionizedwater or clean drinkable watercan freeze and crack enginecooling parts. The repairs would

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Use only the propermixture of engine coolant for thecooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant


Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visible

but the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill mark, add GMPremix DEX-COOL engine coolantat the coolant surge tank, but besure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done. See EngineOverheating 0 253.

The coolant reservoir is on thepassenger side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 242.

The coolant level should be at orabove the cold fill line on thecoolant surge tank. If it is not, therecould be a leak in the coolingsystem.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.


252 Vehicle Care

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

{ Warning

The electric fans under the hoodcan start up even when theengine is not running and cancause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. They areunder pressure, and if you turnthe surge tank pressurecap— even a little— they can

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

come out at high speed. Neverturn the cap when the coolingsystem, including the surge tankpressure cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and surge tankpressure cap to cool if you everhave to turn the pressure cap.

If coolant is needed, add the properGM Premix DEX-COOL enginecoolant at the coolant surge tank.

The coolant surge tank pressurecap can be removed when thecooling system, including the surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is stillsome pressure left.

2. Keep turning the cap andremove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to the coldfill line.

4. Replace the pressure cap. Besure the pressure cap ishand-tight and fully seated.


Vehicle Care 253

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside AssistanceProgram 0 345.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the vehicle, and have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When adding windshield washerfluid to the vehicle, be sure to readthe manufacturer's instructionsbefore use. If operating the vehiclein an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 242 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

(Continued)


254 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 338.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid


Vehicle Care 255

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 242 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 111.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluid

at the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 334.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.


256 Vehicle Care

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery. The 12-volt battery is in therear hatch under the load floor.

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See “If a Crash Occurs” underCollision Damage Repair 0 348 andHigh Voltage Safety Information0 19. If an airbag has inflated, seeWhat Will You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 68.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace the

high voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service. The dealer hasinformation on how to recycle thehigh voltage battery. There isalso information available athttp://www.recyclemybattery.com.

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep the highvoltage battery temperature readyfor the next drive. This is importantwhen outside temperatures areextremely hot or cold.

A vehicle cover, which can reducesun loading on the vehicle andimprove high voltage battery life, isavailable from your dealer.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new 12-volt battery isneeded. The vehicle has anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reduced12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.

If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts. Follow the chargermanufacturer's instructions.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 236.


Vehicle Care 257

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 305 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Up to four weeks

. Plug in the high voltage batterycharge cord if temperatures willexceed 35 °C (95 °F) and keepthe 12-volt battery cablesconnected.

Four weeks to 12 months

. Discharge the high voltagebattery until two or three barsremain on the battery rangeindicator (Battery symbol) on theinstrument cluster.

. Do not plug in the high voltagebattery charge cord.

. Remove the black negative (−)cable from the 12-volt battery.Attach a trickle charger to thebattery terminals or keep the12-volt battery cables connectedand trickle charge from theunderhood remote positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. SeeJump Starting - North America0 305 for the location of theseterminals.

Caution

The vehicle is equipped with anAGM/VRLA 12-volt battery, whichcan be damaged by using theincorrect type of trickle charger.An AGM/VRLA-compatiblecharger must be used, with theappropriate setting selected.Follow the trickle chargermanufacturer instructions.

Reconnecting the 12-Volt BlackNegative Cable

With the 12-volt black negative (−)cable disconnected, the hatchcannot be opened by pressing the

hatch release button. If the hatch isclosed and latched after power hasbeen disconnected:

1. Use the door key to open thedriver door.

2. Manually unlock and open oneof the rear doors.

3. Lower one of the rearseatbacks.

4. Pull the load floor coverforward to access andreconnect the 12-volt batteryblack negative (−) cable.

5. After the cable has beenconnected, open the rear hatchand then tighten the cable.

After the battery cable isreconnected, it is possible that thevehicle may not operate in ElectricMode. If this happens, the highvoltage battery may need to becharged.


258 Vehicle Care

Electric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 188.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the vehicle off and thebrake not applied, press andhold POWER O for more thanfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Only Mode.See Power Button 0 175.Without applying the regularbrake, try to move the shiftlever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe Electric Parking Brake (EPB).

. To check the EPB's holdingability: With the propulsionsystem active and the electricdrive unit in N (Neutral), slowlyremove foot pressure from theregular brake pedal. Do this untilthe vehicle is held by theEPB only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the propulsion systemactive, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the EPB followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See the MaintenanceSchedule 0 326.


Vehicle Care 259

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 335.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


260 Vehicle Care

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see ReplacementBulbs 0 262.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Headlamps

High-Beam Headlamps and TurnSignal Lamps

1. High-Beam Headlamp2. Turn Signal Lamp

To replace a high-beam headlampor turn signal lamp:

1. Open the hood. SeeHood 0 240.

2. For the passenger side bulb,remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by firmlypulling it straight up and out ofthe bottle.

3. Remove the cover from theback of the headlampassembly by turning itcounterclockwise.

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.

5. Remove the bulb from thesocket.

6. Install the new bulb in thesocket.

7. Install the bulb socket byturning it clockwise.

8. Install the cover in the back ofthe headlamp assembly byturning it clockwise.

9. For the passenger side,reinstall the windshield washerbottle filler neck by firmlypushing it straight into thebottle.


Vehicle Care 261

Taillamps

Taillamp, Turn Signal, and ReverseLamps

1. Reverse Lamp2. Turn Signal Lamp3. Brake Lamp

To replace rear lamp bulbs:

1. Open the hatch.

2. Remove the two Torx® screwsand the other screw thatsecure the taillamp housing

3. Pull the taillamp housing awayfrom the rear of the vehicle toremove.

4. Select the connector for thedesired bulb on the back of thetaillamp housing.

5. Turn the connectorcounterclockwise to remove itfrom the taillamp assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from thetaillamp assembly. Hold theconnector and pull on the bulbto disconnect it from the wiringharness.

7. Install a new bulb into thewiring connector.

8. Reinstall the connector byinserting it into the taillamphousing and turning clockwise.

9. Reinstall the taillamp housingby aligning the two pins (1) onthe back of the housing with

the rubber anchors in thevehicle body. Be sure to alignthe slot (2) on the housing withthe corresponding post on thevehicle body, and the plastictab (3) with the plastic slot onthe vehicle body.

10. Push until the housing fitssecurely in place and isfastened at all four locations.

11. Reinstall the two Torx® screws,and the other screw.

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:


262 Vehicle Care

1. Press the spring clip on theright end of the lamp assemblyto the left to unlock the lampassembly.

2. Pull down on the lampassembly to remove it from thefascia.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket (1)and turn the bulb socket (1)clockwise to install it into thelamp assembly (3).

6. Reinstall the lamp assembly (3)into the fascia by inserting theleft side first.

7. Push the spring clip side intoplace.

Replacement BulbsLamp Bulb

Number

High-Beam Lamps 9005

Turn Signal Lamps 7443NA

Brake Lamps 7443

Reverse Lamps 7440

License PlateLamps 5W5 LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning


High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.


Vehicle Care 263

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectthe following in the vehicle:

. Headlamp Wiring

. Windshield Wiper Motor

. Power Windows and otherPower Accessories

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have the

headlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand the wiper control is turned off.After removal of the blockage, thewiper motor will restart when thecontrol is then moved to the desiredoperating position.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice, maycause wiper damage. Always clearice and heavy snow from thewindshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To open the fuse block cover, pressthe clips at the side and back andpull the cover up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


264 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Fuse Block


Vehicle Care 265

A fuse puller is in the enginecompartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F01 –

F02 –

F03 Non walk home

F04 Engine control module

F05 Aeroshutter

F06 Traction power invertermodule 1

F07 Traction power invertermodule 2


F09 A/C module

F10 Vehicle integration controlmodule

F11 Electric brake boost

F12 Rechargeable energystorage system

F13 Cabin heater controlmodule

Fuses Usage

F14 Coolant heater controlmodule

F15 Emissions

F16 Ignition coils


F18 –

F19 –

F20 Electric brake boost

F21 Front wiper

F22 ABS pump

F23 Front windshield wiper

F24 –

F25 –

F26 –

F27 ABS module

F28 Left power window

F29 Rear window defogger

F30 Heated mirrors

F31 –

F32 Variable functions

Fuses Usage

F33 –

F34 Horn

F35 Coolant rechargeableenergy storagesystem pump

F36 Right high-beamheadlamp

F37 Left high-beam headlamp

F38 –

F39 –

F40 –

F41 Miscellaneous run/Crank

F42 Run/Crank 3

F43 –

F44 Voltage currenttemperature module run/Crank

F45 Heated steering wheel

F46 Vehicle integration controlmodule run/Crank

F47 –

F48 –


266 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F49 –

F50 –

F51 –

F52 Engine control module/Traction power invertermodule

F53 Left cooling fan

F54 Right cooling fan

F55 Electric pump

F56 –

F57 –

Relays Usage

K01 –

K02 –

K03 Engine controlmodule

K04 –

K05 –

K06 –

K07 –

Relays Usage

K08 –

K09 –

K10 –

K11 –

K12 High-beamheadlamps

K13 –

K14 Run/Crank

K15 Rear windowdefogger

K16 Horn PCB relay

K17 –

K18 –

K19 Coolant pump PCBrelay

K20 –

K21 –

K22 Front washer

K23 –

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the left side of the instrumentpanel. To access the fuses, openthe fuse panel door by pulling out.

To reinstall the door, insert the toptab first, then push the door backinto its original location.


Vehicle Care 267

Instrument Panel Fuse Block


268 Vehicle Care


The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 –

F2 –

F3 –

F4 HVAC blower

F5 Body controlmodule 2

F6 –

F7 –


F9 Fuel power pumpmodule

F10 –

F11 –

F12 –

Fuses Usage

F13 –

F14 –

F15 –

F16 –

F17 Data link connector


F19 Cluster




F23 OnStar

F24 Airbag

F25 Display

F26 Infotainment

F27 –

Fuses Usage

F28 –

F29 Overhead console

F30 Radio

F31 Steering wheelcontrols


F33 HVAC/Integratedlight solar sensor

F34 Passive entry/Passive start

F35 Rear closure

F36 Charger

F37 –

F38 –

F39 –

F40 –

F41 –

F42 –


Vehicle Care 269

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 Front auxiliary poweroutlet

CB2 Rear auxiliary poweroutlet

Relays Usage

R1 –

R2 Retained accessorypower

R3 Hatch

R4 –

R5 –

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isin the center of the rearcompartment under the load floor.Open the rear load floor door andremove the cover to access the fuseblock.


270 Vehicle Care


Vehicle Care 271


The vehicle may not have all of thefuses, relays, and features shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 –

F2 –

F3 –

F4 –

F5 Pedestrianprotection

F6 On-board chargermodule

F7 Front heated seat

F8 Front heated seat

F9 Driver door/Mirrorswitches

F10 –

F11 Amplifier

F12 Steering wheelswitch backlighting

F13 –

F14 –

Fuses Usage

F15 –

F16 –

F17 –

F18 –

F19 Obstacle detection

F20 Fuel

F21 Rear heated seat

F22 Right powerwindows

Relays Usage

K1 –

K2 –

K3 –

K4 –

K5 –

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171.

(Continued)


272 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfaces

and weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 272.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealer


Vehicle Care 273

for details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 286.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 215/50R17size tires, they are classified aslow-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.


274 Vehicle Care

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate thetire manufactured date. The firsttwo digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,

traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 288.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.


Vehicle Care 275

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 304 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 291.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see TirePressure 0 278.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.


276 Vehicle Care

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories are, electricdrive unit, power windows,power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See TirePressure 0 278.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the


Vehicle Care 277

maximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 171.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 171.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs). See VehicleLoad Limits 0 171.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.


278 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 278 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 171.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for NewTires 0 285.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 288.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle'scapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 171.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.


Vehicle Care 279

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 171.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 304.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.


280 Vehicle Care

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or

tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has

not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or


Vehicle Care 281

alternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 130.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 278.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 284, Tire Rotation 0 284 andTires 0 271.


282 Vehicle Care

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 293 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes for

about one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 286.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message comes onand stays on.


Vehicle Care 283

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure MonitorSensor Activation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ON/RUN.See Power Button 0 175.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Settings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 130.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold the V (Set/Reset) button located in thecenter of the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensor


284 Vehicle Care

matching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 326.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 285 and WheelReplacement 0 289.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.


Vehicle Care 285

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 278 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 171.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 281.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 338.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

Check that the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, is storedproperly. Push, pull, and then tryto rotate or turn the tire. If itmoves, tighten the cable. SeeTire Changing 0 299.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 284 and TireRotation 0 284.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. The


286 Vehicle Care

tire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC spec number

will be followed by MS, for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 273.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 284. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y, and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the winter


Vehicle Care 287

tires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tire on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 280.

The Tire and LoadingInformation Label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, roll bars,traction control, electronic stabilitycontrol, or All-Wheel Drive, theperformance of these systems canalso be affected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety if

(Continued)


288 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

tires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 286 andAccessories andModifications 0 237.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of

most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.


Vehicle Care 289

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor

laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.


290 Vehicle Care

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, and offset, andshould be mounted the same wayas the one it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tireclearance to the body andchassis.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ Warning

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

a crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have toreplace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It could

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 291

Warning (Continued)

fail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. To

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

avoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 271. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.


292 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 152.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 299. Touse the tire sealant and compressorkit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 293.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.


Vehicle Care 293

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 185.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to its

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

recommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in

the tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 345.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve


294 Vehicle Care

2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 152.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 291 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 299.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.


Vehicle Care 295

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 99.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 278.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor


296 Vehicle Care

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 345.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the


Vehicle Care 297

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 345.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister

4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 152.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 291 forother important safety warnings.


298 Vehicle Care

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 299.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 99.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 278.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 345.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 299

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the hatch. SeeHatch 0 42.

2. Lift the cover.

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise to remove thetire sealant and compressorkit bag.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from the bag.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the hatch.

2. Remove the spare tire cover.

3. Remove the retainer strap (1)from the right forward mostD-ring (2).

4. Turn the retainer nut (3)counterclockwise to remove thespare tire.

Place the spare tire next to thetire being changed.


300 Vehicle Care

5. Lift the load floor to access thejack (3) and wrench bag (1).

6. Remove the hook (2) from thejack (3).

7. Remove the retainer straps (4).

8. Remove the jack (3) andwrench bag (1) and place themnear the tire being changed.

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 291.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

3. Place the jack near the flat tire.

4. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

killed. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only for

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 301

Warning (Continued)

changing a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

5. Attach the jack wrench to thejack by fitting both ends of thejack and tool over one another.

6. Place the jack under thevehicle.

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

7. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flattire. The location is indicatedby a notch on the bottom edgeof the body side. The jack mustnot be used in any otherposition.

8. Raise the vehicle by turning thejack handle clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off theground so there is enoughroom for the road tire to clearthe ground.


302 Vehicle Care

9. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

10. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

11. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

12. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

14. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheel

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 303

Warning (Continued)

nuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 338 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 338 for the wheel nut torquespecification.

15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

16. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

1. Lift the load floor and place thejack and wrench bag in theiroriginal storage location.

Secure them with the retainerstraps and attach the hook tothe jack.

2. Close the load floor.

3. Place the flat tire over thebolt (1) and through one of thebolt holes with the valve stemfacing down.


304 Vehicle Care

4. Route the retainer strap (4)through the wheel, as shown.

5. Attach the retainer strap (4) tothe right forward mostD-ring (3).

6. Tighten the retainer strap (4).

7. Turn the retainer nut (2)clockwise to secure the tire.

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size road tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehicle

speed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 305

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaJump starting is connecting jumpercables between the two vehicles toenable vehicle starting. If the Volt oranother vehicle has a run-down12-volt battery, it can be jumpstarted using good condition jumpercables. There are differentprocedures depending on if the Volthas a run-down battery or anothervehicle has a run-down battery.Read the appropriate proceduresthat follow.

{ Warning

The high voltage battery cannotbe jump started either withanother vehicle or batterycharger. Personal injury, death,or damage to the vehicle couldresult.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 236.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

(Continued)


306 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

{ Warning

Electric fans can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fans.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

Jump Starting the Volt

If the Volt will not start, the 12-voltbattery may be run down. To jumpstart the Volt use the underhoodremote positive (+) and negative (−)terminals.

1. Remote Positive (+)Terminal

2. Remote Negative (−)Terminal

1. The other vehicle used to jumpstart the Volt must have a12-volt battery with a negativeground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Park both vehicles closeenough so that the jumpercables can reach both vehicles'positive (+) and negative (−)terminals. The vehicles mustnot touch each other. It couldcause an unwanted groundconnection that could damageboth vehicles' electricalsystems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park)for an automatic transmissionor electric drive unit. For amanual transmission, place thevehicle in Neutral and set theparking brake.


Vehicle Care 307

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off the ignition on theother vehicle. Turn off theradio, all lamps, andaccessories that are notneeded in both vehicles.Unplug accessories from thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlets. Thisavoids sparks and helps saveboth batteries and accessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on theother vehicle.

5. Open the hood to locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminals on your Volt. Openthe access cover for the

remote positive (+) terminal (1).The remote negative (−)terminal (2) for the Volt is astud GND (−) on the driver sideof the engine compartment.

6. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation or a shock couldresult and the vehicles couldbe damaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)jumper cable goes topositive (+) battery terminal ora remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Negative (−) jumpercable goes to negative (−)battery terminal or a remotenegative (−) terminal ifavailable. Do not connectpositive (+) to negative (−) orthere will be a short that maydamage the battery and otherparts of the vehicle.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal (1) of yourVolt. Do not let the other end ofthe cable touch metal.

2. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal of theother vehicle.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to thenegative (−) battery terminal of


308 Vehicle Care

the other vehicle battery. Donot let the other end touchanything until the next step.

4. Connect the other end of theblack negative (−) jumper cableto the remote negative (−)terminal (2) of your Volt.

5. Press POWER O to start. Thiswill wake up the electronics onthe Volt. After the instrumentcluster initializes, the Volt willuse power from the highvoltage battery to charge the12-volt battery. The jumpercables can then bedisconnected. If the Volt doesnot start, call your dealer orRoadside Assistance. SeeRoadside AssistanceProgram 0 345.

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe Volt. Do not let the otherend of the cable touch anythinguntil after the next step.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe other vehicle with the goodbattery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle. Do not let the otherend of the cable touch anythinguntil after the next step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the Volt.

5. Return the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminal covers totheir original positions.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Jump Starting Another Vehicle

When using the Volt to jump startanother vehicle with a run-downbattery, jumper cables areconnected directly to the positive (+)and negative (−) terminals on the12-volt battery in the rear cargoarea. Do not use the remoteterminals under the hood. Thiscould cause a fuse to overload inthe Volt.

1. Positive (+) Terminal2. Negative (−) Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.


Vehicle Care 309

2. Park both vehicles closeenough so that the jumpercables can reach both vehicles'positive (+) and negative (−)terminals. The vehicles mustnot touch each other. It couldcause an unwanted groundconnection that could damageboth vehicles' electricalsystems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park)for an automatic transmissionor electric drive unit. For amanual transmission, place thevehicle in Neutral and set theparking brake.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off both vehicles. Turn offthe radio, all lamps, andaccessories that are notneeded in both vehicles.Unplug accessories from thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlets. Thisavoids sparks and helps saveboth batteries and accessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on thevehicle with the run-downbattery.

5. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) battery terminalson the Volt. The 12-volt batteryis under the load floor in therear cargo area. Open theaccess covers for thepositive (+) terminal (1) and thenegative (−) terminal (2).

6. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation or a shock couldresult and the vehicles couldbe damaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)

jumper cable goes topositive (+) battery terminal ora remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Negative (−) jumpercable goes to remotenegative (−) terminal ifavailable, or a heavy,unpainted metal engine part ora solid engine ground on thevehicle with the run-downbattery.

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or there will be ashort that may damage thebattery or other parts of thevehicle. Do not connect thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal on therun-down battery because thiscan cause sparks.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not be

(Continued)


310 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

covered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal of the other vehiclewith the run-down battery. Usea remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Do not let the otherend touch metal.

2. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) jumper cable tothe positive (+) battery terminalof the Volt.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to thenegative (−) battery terminal ofthe Volt. Do not let the otherend touch anything until thenext step.

4. Make the final connection to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to the remotenegative (−) terminal on theother vehicle with the run-downbattery.

5. Press POWER O to start theVolt. This will wake up theelectronics on the Volt. Theengine will only start if it isneeded.

6. Try to start the other vehiclethat had the run-down battery.If it will not start after a fewtries, it probably needs service.

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe other vehicle that had therun-down battery. Do not let theother end of the cable touchanything until after thenext step.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) jumper cable fromthe Volt.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the Volt. Donot let the other end of thecable touch anything until afterthe next step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle.

5. Return the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminal covers totheir original positions.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.


Vehicle Care 311

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Use only a flatbed tow truck fortowing a disabled vehicle. Neveruse a sling type lift or damage willoccur. Use ramps to help reduceapproach angles if necessary.A towed vehicle should have itsdrive wheels off the ground. Consulta professional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

If the vehicle is equipped with a toweye, only use the tow eye to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrierfrom a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

To load a vehicle onto a flatbedcarrier:

1. The vehicle must be on a flatsurface.

2. The front tires must be properlyinflated. If necessary, move arear tire to the front to replacea flat or damaged tire.If equipped, use the spare tireto replace a flat ordamaged tire.

3. Remove the tow eye bolt fromthe rear storage area.

4. Remove the front bumper toweye cover.

5. Screw the tow eye bolt into thebumper.

The tow cable can hook intothe tow eye bolt and pull thevehicle onto the flatbed towtruck.


312 Vehicle Care

6. Ramps are required for thefront fascia to clear the flatbed.

Caution

If ramps are not used, the frontfascia will come into contact withthe flatbed and may causedamage. Always use ramps.

7. Use the proper nylon strapharnesses around the tires tosecure them to the flatbed carcarrier.

8. If the car is parked at an angleso that the front toe eye cannotbe accessed, wrap a tow straparound both of the rear trailingarms and pull the vehicle ontoa flat surface. Do not wrap thetow strap around the reartorque tube.

Caution

When using tow straps to movethe vehicle, damage may occur ifthe tow straps contact the rearfascia. Do not let the tow strapscontact the rear fascia.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 312.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing refers totowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. The towing capacity of thetowing vehicle. Read the towvehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.


Vehicle Care 313

. How far the vehicle can betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Whether the vehicle has theproper towing equipment. Seeyour dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Whether the vehicle is ready tobe towed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to theelectric drive unit. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If using a shield,only use one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, the driveunit could be damaged. Repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not tow thevehicle with all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must be

towed, a dolly should be used. Seethe information on dolly towingfollowing.

Dolly Towing from the Front

The vehicle can be towed from thefront using a dolly. To tow thevehicle using a dolly:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake and turnthe vehicle off.


314 Vehicle Care

5. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollywith a lash over the tire. Do notlash though the wheel.

7. Release the parking brake.

8. Check for adequate rear fasciato ground clearance.

Dolly Towing from the Rear

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rear,with the front wheels on theground, could damage the driveunit, and front fascia. Do not towthe vehicle from the rear with thefront wheels on the ground.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 315

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish

(Continued)


316 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

may damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Front Air Deflector

With Tabs Shown, Without TabsSimilar

1. Outer Air Deflector2. Inner Air Deflector3. Tab4. Slot

The front air deflector directs theairflow under the vehicle.

If the air deflector has tabs and theybecome detached, insert the tabinto the slot. Repeat for theother side.


Vehicle Care 317

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lensesemblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increasefuel economy. Keep the shuttersystem clean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and


318 Vehicle Care

a buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 334.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. These

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

chlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 319

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, hatch/liftgate hinges,and the steel fuel door hinge unlessthe components are plastic.Applying silicone grease on

weatherstrips with a clean cloth willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush dirt anddebris from the vehicle's underbody.Your dealer or an underbody carwashing system can do this. If notremoved, rust and corrosion candevelop.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. Refer to “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.


320 Vehicle Care

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.


Vehicle Care 321

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to remove

dirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.


322 Vehicle Care

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently changethe appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.


Vehicle Care 323

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


324 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 324

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 326

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 336

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.


Service and Maintenance 325

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 171.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 230.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 239.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 243.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See TirePressure 0 278.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 284.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See WasherFluid 0 253.

. Engine, power electronics, andhigh voltage battery packcoolant level checks. SeeCooling System (Engine) 0 248or Cooling System (High VoltageBattery) 0 248 or CoolingSystem (Power Electronics andCharger Modules) 0 249.

Engine Oil Change

Every 24 months or when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage displays, change theengine oil and filter as soon aspossible, within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery 24 months. After each oil andfilter change, the oil life system mustbe reset. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 245. More frequentchanges may be required when thevehicle is exposed to a corrosiveenvironment, such as areas of highhumidity, along an ocean coast,and/or areas that apply road saltduring winter.

Your trained dealer technician canperform this work. If the engine oillife system is reset accidentally,service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service.Reset the oil life system when theoil is changed.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 284.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 243 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 245.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 250.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 253.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 314. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper BladeReplacement 0 258.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 278.



. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 284.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 246.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 314.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 314.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 62.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 314.

. Check electric drive unit shiftlock control function. SeeElectric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check 0 258.

. Check parking brake and electricdrive unit mechanism. See ParkBrake and P (Park) MechanismCheck 0 258.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and CompressorKit 0 293.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change electric drive unit fluid. @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine, power electronics, and highvoltage battery cooling systems. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) 0 248 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (Power Electronicsand Charger Modules) 0 249.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 254.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change electric drive unit fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine, power electronics, and highvoltage battery cooling systems. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,

or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.



(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) 0 248 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) 0 248 orCooling System (Power Electronicsand Charger Modules) 0 249.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 254.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in ExteriorCare 0 314.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.



The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.



Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 319 andExterior Care 0 314.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See EngineOil 0 243.

Engine Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL® (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456). SeeEngine Coolant 0 250.

High Voltage Battery Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456).

Power Electronics Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456).

Brake Hydraulic System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Electric Drive Unit DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and HatchHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20871244 A3148C

Cabin Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Engine Oil Filter 12670058 UPF64R

Spark Plugs 12637197 41-124

Wiper Blades

Left – 65 cm (25.6 in) 23251330 —

Right – 65 cm (25.6 in) 23251332 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 337

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 340

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 338 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, on the inside of the glovebox, has the following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


338 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. Refer to Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 334 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargetype and amount, see the refrigerant label underthe hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling Systems

Engine 7.0 L 7.4 qt

High Voltage Battery 4.2 L 4.5 qt

Power Electronics 4.8 L 5.0 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 4.0 L 4.2 qt

Fuel Tank 33.7 L 8.9 gal


Technical Data 339

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Electric Drive Unit 6.75 L 7.13 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Electric Drive Unit Spark Plug Gap

1.5L L4 5 Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in)


340 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing


Customer Information 341

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 344

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 344GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 348Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 353OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 354

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.


342 Customer Information

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-877-486-5846. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle Identification Number(VIN). This is available from thevehicle registration or title, or theplate at the top left of theinstrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within

40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600 , Arlington, VA 22201Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-877-486-58461-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-888-811-1926

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994



Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user in

the U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar VehicleDiagnostic Information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 337.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.



. Download owner manuals.

. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFrom the U.S., call 1-888-811-1926;(Text Telephone (TTY):1-888-889-2438).

From Canada, call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.



Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest certified Volt or ELRdealer for warranty service, or ifthe vehicle was in a crash andcannot be driven. Assistance isnot given when the vehicle isstuck in the sand, mud, or snow.

Emergency towing may becovered during the ExtendedVehicle (EV) warranty.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the tiresealant and compressor kit.If the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a largepuncture, the tire is too severelydamaged for the tire sealant andcompressor kit to be effectiveand the vehicle will have to betowed. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 805 km (500 mi).

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific to CanadianVehicles. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle

registration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km (93 mi) from where thetrip was started to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.



Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner's responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultant

of your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), andextended powertrain in both theU.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.



Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,

insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the proper

equipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safety



performance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repair

center that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original Equipment

Manufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside AssistanceProgram 0 345.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.



. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

In a crash, the sensing system mayshut down the high voltage system.See Battery - North America 0 256for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 68.

If the vehicle is damaged from acrash, flood, fire, or other event itmay be necessary to have thevehicle inspected. SeeBattery -North America 0 256 and HighVoltage Safety Information 0 19 forimportant safety information.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, electric drive unit, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.



Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 to$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Company. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet CustomerAssistance CenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andelectric drive unit performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and to deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar AdditionalInformation 0 360.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 355

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service,and GPS satellite signals to beavailable and operating. OnStar actsas a link to existing emergencyservice providers. OnStar maycollect information about you andyour vehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. PressQtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.


356 OnStar

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi®

hotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar service plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block™,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.


OnStar 357

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andRemoteLink mobile application.Make these passwords different


358 OnStar

from each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (IfEquipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using theRemoteLink mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple®

iOS, Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.

OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).


OnStar 359

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail or by pressingQ. The Proactive Alerts feature (ifavailable) can help predict and alertof potential upcoming maintenanceissues with select components onthe vehicle, before they become aproblem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if the vehicle isequipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System.


360 OnStar

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,Remote Services, RoadsideAssistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage


OnStar 361

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.


362 OnStar

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features

to function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 234. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data or

settings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned that


OnStar 363

the privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee is

hereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, use

or other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 ofthe Info-ZIP copyright and license.The definitive version of thisdocument should be availableat ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,


364 OnStar

Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exception

to this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permission

of Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Index 365

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 196Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 234Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 246Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Passenger Sensing System . . . .69What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .65

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 108Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . .211

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 188Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 204

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . 157Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40


366 Index

Automatic (cont'd)Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Battery - North America . . . .256, 305Battery and ChargingMessages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Battery GaugeHigh Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 258BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .111

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . 190System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 175Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 261

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 230Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .236, 256, 305

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 94Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222ChargingDelay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Electrical Requirements . . . . . . 229

Charging (cont'd)Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Charging Status Screens . . . . . . . 217Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 109CheckMalfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .77Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 90Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 348Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 304CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93


Index 367

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 293ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . .248, 249Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 196Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 344Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 350

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 348Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 354OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 353Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Delayed Charging Override . . . . . 217Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 340

Drive UnitElectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 203Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . . 106Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 208Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 169If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 171Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 167Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 171Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

EElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Electric Drive Unit Messages . . . 134Electric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check . . . . . . . 258

Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180


368 Index

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 188Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 111Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263


Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Energy EfficiencyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 242Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . 248, 249

Engine (cont'd)Cooling System Messages . . . 134Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 186

Engine UnavailableOut of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 353Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . . . 180Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 149

FFilter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 152Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322FluidBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 210Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .116Requirements, California . . . . . 230System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Function CheckElectric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263



Index 369

Fuses (cont'd)Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

GGaugesBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 324Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 152Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Headlamps (cont'd)Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .116High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 151Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .117

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 157High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . . 105High Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 169Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 190Hold Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

IImmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

InformationEnergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 46Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 135Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .30

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 273LampsDaytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 151Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149


370 Index

Lamps (cont'd)License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 109Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 211Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 213Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 113Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . . 237LightHold Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Lighting (cont'd)LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .111Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . .111Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . .114

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .115Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 151Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Mountain Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 107Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Sport Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . .114

Lights (cont'd)Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 116Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 326Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 109MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133


Index 371

Messages (cont'd)Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 134Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Object Detection System . . . . . 136Propulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 138Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 140Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 46

Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Extended Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Hold Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

ModesDriver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Mountain Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 113

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 175

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 245Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 75Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 344OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 357OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 359OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 356OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 350

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 258

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 179Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204


372 Index

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 204

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 69Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 236

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215PowerButton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 177Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 61PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 353

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 347

Programmable Charging . . . . . . . . 119

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .236, 256, 305

Propulsion Power Messages . . . 138

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 351Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 204Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 312Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . 190Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 75Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 352General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . . 229

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 340Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186


Index 373

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .62Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .61

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 352General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 347Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 88, 90SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Security (cont'd)Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

ServiceAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 239Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 336Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 337Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 347Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 211

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Special Application Services . . . . 331Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

StartRemote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Status ScreensCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94


374 Index

Storage Areas (cont'd)Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 93Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 354System OperationElectric Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

TTaillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 344Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 44Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Tires (cont'd)Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Pressure Monitor Operation . . 281Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 280Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Terminology and Definitions . . 276Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 289When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 234Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 312Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 288Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Identification Number (VIN) . . . 337Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171


Index 375

Vehicle (cont'd)Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 140Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . . 176Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 113Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 299

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 262

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .111Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 213

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 289Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 81Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 258Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 262

2k17 chevrolet volt 23452967a.ai 1 11/20/2015 …chevrolet volt owner manual...

Documents